Snapshot 44

Exit full-screen if the window moves
The window is not supposed to move in full-screen mode so if this happens then exit full-screen. This situation can occur e.g. if the window is on a screen that gets unplugged.
2026-06-02 11:19:22 +02:00 · 2009-03-29 17:34:18 +02:00 · 2009-03-29 16:40:59 +02:00 · 2009-03-29 16:35:47 +02:00 · 2009-03-18 20:10:00 +02:00 · 2009-03-18 18:09:03 +00:00
103 changed files with 3903 additions and 1939 deletions
@@ -3,6 +3,14 @@
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.mode1
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.mode1v3
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.pbxuser
+src/MacVim/icons/*.pyc
+src/MacVim/icons/*.ttf
+src/MacVim/icons/*.reg
+src/MacVim/icons/*.zip
+src/MacVim/icons/*.txt
+src/MacVim/icons/*.so
+src/MacVim/icons/*.egg-info
+src/MacVim/icons/build
 src/MacVim/icons/makeicns/*.o
 src/MacVim/icons/makeicns/makeicns
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/PSMTabBarControl.xcodeproj/*.mode1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Oct 25
+*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Mar 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bjorn Winckler
@@ -117,6 +117,11 @@ really bad once you start using tabs.  For example, dropping two files, then
 dropping two more, and switching back to the first tab would cause weird
 strings like "((3) of 2)" to appear in the window title.

+							*macvim-tablabel*
+Tab labels only show the tail of the file name to make the tabs more readable
+when editing files in deeply nested folders.  Add the line "set guitablabel="
+to your .gvimrc file to revert back to the default Vim tab label.
+
 							*macvim-options*
 These are the non-standard options that MacVim supports:
 	'antialias'	'fullscreen'		'fuoptions'
@@ -260,9 +265,11 @@ Here is a list of relevant dictionary entries:
 KEY				VALUE ~
 MMCellWidthMultiplier		width of a normal glyph in em units [float]
 MMDialogsTrackPwd		open/save dialogs track the Vim pwd [bool]
+MMLoadDefaultFont		load font (disable for faster startup) [bool]
 MMLoginShellArgument		login shell parameter [string]
 MMLoginShellCommand		which shell to use to launch Vim [string]
 MMNoFontSubstitution		disable automatic font substitution [bool]
+MMShowAddTabButton		enable "add tab" button on tabline [bool]
 MMTabMaxWidth			maximum width of a tab [int]
 MMTabMinWidth			minimum width of a tab [int]
 MMTabOptimumWidth		default width of a tab [int]
@@ -561,9 +568,11 @@ discovered by looking through the menus (see |macvim-menus| on how to create
 your own menu shortcuts).  The remaining shortcuts are listed here:

 							*Cmd-.* *<D-.>*
-Cmd-.			Interrupt Vim.  This is synonymous with CTRL-C and can
-			hence be used instead of Esc to exit insert mode (in
-			case you find Esc a bit hard to reach).
+Cmd-.			Interrupt Vim.  Unlike Ctrl-C which is sent as normal
+			keyboard input (and hence has to be received and then
+			interpreted) this sends a SIGINT signal to the Vim
+			process.  Use this shortcut if the Vim process appears
+			to have locked up and is not responding to key presses.

 							*Cmd-`* *<D-`>*
 Cmd-`			Cycle to the next window.  On an American keyboard the
@@ -63,7 +63,8 @@ already running vim will never fork in MacVim.
 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".

 If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
-flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.
+flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.  MacVim does not support this flag in
+'guioptions'.

 ==============================================================================
 2. GUI Resources			*gui-resources* *.Xdefaults*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Mar 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -131,11 +131,22 @@ The available subcommands are:
 		7 or f: Find this file
 		8 or i: Find files #including this file

+	For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
+	removed.  For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
+	and {name}.  Further white space is included in {name}.
+
 	EXAMPLES >
 	    :cscope find c vim_free
-	    :cscope find 3 vim_free
+	    :cscope find 3  vim_free
 <
-	    These two examples perform the same query. >
+	    These two examples perform the same query: functions calling
+	    "vim_free". >
+
+	    :cscope find t initOnce
+	    :cscope find t  initOnce
+<
+	    The first one searches for the text "initOnce", the second one for
+	    " initOnce". >

 	    :cscope find 0 DEFAULT_TERM
 <
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 28
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jan 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -722,8 +722,10 @@ keyAtPos keyName lnum/col
 		of the cursor.
 		New in version 2.1.

-killed		A file was closed by the user.  Only for files that have been
-		assigned a number by the IDE.
+killed		A file was deleted or wiped out by the user and the buffer
+		annotations have been removed.  The bufID number for this
+		buffer has become invalid.  Only for files that have been
+		assigned a bufID number by the IDE.

 newDotAndMark off off
 		Reports the position of the cursor being at "off" bytes into
@@ -3490,6 +3490,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		foreground.  |gui-fork|
 		Note: Set this option in the vimrc file.  The forking may have
 		happened already when the |gvimrc| file is read.
+		MacVim does not support this flag due to limitations with
+		forking on Mac OS X.
 								*'go-i'*
 	  'i'	Use a Vim icon.  For GTK with KDE it is used in the left-upper
 		corner of the window.  It's black&white on non-GTK, because of
@@ -4273,9 +4275,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
-	This only works for 8-bit characters.  The value of 'langmap' may be
-	specified with multi-byte characters (e.g., UTF-8), but only the lower
-	8 bits of each character will be used.

 	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*  >
 	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf949\cocoasubrtf350
+{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf949\cocoasubrtf430
 {\fonttbl\f0\fswiss\fcharset0 Helvetica;}
 {\colortbl;\red255\green255\blue255;}
 \vieww9000\viewh8400\viewkind0
@@ -40,8 +40,6 @@ Thank you to {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.positivespinmedia.com"}}{\
 \
 Toolbar icons by {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.mattballdesign.com/"}}{\fldrslt Matt Ball}} (free Developer Icons), {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.jonasraskdesign.com/"}}{\fldrslt Jonas Rask}} (Danish Royalty Free icon set), and {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.everaldo.com"}}{\fldrslt Everaldo Coelho}} (Crystal Project Icons, released under LGPL license).\
 \
-Vim icons made by {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.cs.princeton.edu/~mtwebb/vim_icon/vim_icons.html"}}{\fldrslt Matthew Webb}}.\
-\
 The default font in MacVim, DejaVu Sans Mono, is based on the Bitstream Vera\'99 and Arev fonts.  Bitstream Vera\'99 is \'a9 2003 by Bitstream, Inc.  Arev is \'a9 2006 by Tavmjong Bah.  The DejaVu changes to these fonts are in the public domain.\
 \
 Thanks to Andy Matuschak for {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://sparkle.andymatuschak.org/"}}{\fldrslt Sparkle}}.\
@@ -52,4 +50,6 @@ Thanks to Allan Odgaard for making the "Edit in TextMate" input manager source c
 \
 Thanks to Rainer Brockerhoff for RBSplitView.\
 \
-Thanks to Chad Weider for CTGradient.}
+Thanks to Chad Weider for CTGradient.\
+\
+Thanks to Damien Guard for {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://damieng.com/blog/2008/05/26/envy-code-r-preview-7-coding-font-released"}}{\fldrslt Envy Code R}} (used in MacVim's 16x16 document icons).}
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@
 		</dict>
 	</array>
 	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
-	<string>40</string>
+	<string>44</string>
 	<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
 	<string>MainMenu</string>
 	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
    NSMutableArray      *cachedVimControllers;
    int                 preloadPid;
    BOOL                shouldActivateWhenNextWindowOpens;
+    int                 numChildProcesses;

 #if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
    FSEventStreamRef    fsEventStream;
@@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ static NSTimeInterval MMReplyTimeout = 5;

 static NSString *MMWebsiteString = @"http://code.google.com/p/macvim/";

-// When terminating, notify Vim processes then sleep for these many
-// microseconds.
-static useconds_t MMTerminationSleepPeriod = 10000;
-
 #if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
 // Latency (in s) between FS event occuring and being reported to MacVim.
 // Should be small so that MacVim is notified of changes to the ~/.vim
@@ -86,8 +82,6 @@ typedef struct
 #pragma options align=reset


-static int executeInLoginShell(NSString *path, NSArray *args);
-

@interface MMAppController (MMServices)
 - (void)openSelection:(NSPasteboard *)pboard userData:(NSString *)userData
@@ -128,6 +122,9 @@ static int executeInLoginShell(NSString *path, NSArray *args);
 - (void)startWatchingVimDir;
 - (void)stopWatchingVimDir;
 - (void)handleFSEvent;
+- (void)loadDefaultFont;
+- (int)executeInLoginShell:(NSString *)path arguments:(NSArray *)args;
+- (void)reapChildProcesses:(id)sender;

 #ifdef MM_ENABLE_PLUGINS
 - (void)removePlugInMenu;
@@ -154,14 +151,12 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,

 + (void)initialize
 {
-    // Avoid zombies (we fork Vim processes which we don't want to wait for).
-    signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_IGN);
-
    NSDictionary *dict = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
        [NSNumber numberWithBool:NO],   MMNoWindowKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:64],    MMTabMinWidthKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:6*64],  MMTabMaxWidthKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:132],   MMTabOptimumWidthKey,
+        [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],  MMShowAddTabButtonKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:2],     MMTextInsetLeftKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:1],     MMTextInsetRightKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:1],     MMTextInsetTopKey,
@@ -188,6 +183,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        [NSNumber numberWithBool:NO],   MMVerticalSplitKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:0],     MMPreloadCacheSizeKey,
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:0],     MMLastWindowClosedBehaviorKey,
+        [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],  MMLoadDefaultFontKey,
        nil];

    [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:dict];
@@ -206,7 +202,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
 {
    if (!(self = [super init])) return nil;

-    fontContainerRef = loadFonts();
+    [self loadDefaultFont];

    vimControllers = [NSMutableArray new];
    cachedVimControllers = [NSMutableArray new];
@@ -345,14 +341,17 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    // The user default MMUntitledWindow can be set to control whether an
    // untitled window should open on 'Open' and 'Reopen' events.
    int untitledWindowFlag = [ud integerForKey:MMUntitledWindowKey];
-    if ([desc eventID] == kAEOpenApplication
-            && (untitledWindowFlag & MMUntitledWindowOnOpen) == 0)
+
+    BOOL isAppOpenEvent = [desc eventID] == kAEOpenApplication;
+    if (isAppOpenEvent && (untitledWindowFlag & MMUntitledWindowOnOpen) == 0)
        return NO;
-    else if ([desc eventID] == kAEReopenApplication
+
+    BOOL isAppReopenEvent = [desc eventID] == kAEReopenApplication;
+    if (isAppReopenEvent
            && (untitledWindowFlag & MMUntitledWindowOnReopen) == 0)
        return NO;

-    // When a process is started from the command line, the 'Open' event will
+    // When a process is started from the command line, the 'Open' event may
    // contain a parameter to surpress the opening of an untitled window.
    desc = [desc paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyAEPropData];
    desc = [desc paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyMMUntitledWindow];
@@ -365,8 +364,12 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        return NO;

    // NOTE!  This way it possible to start the app with the command-line
-    // argument '-nowindow yes' and no window will be opened by default.
-    return ![ud boolForKey:MMNoWindowKey];
+    // argument '-nowindow yes' and no window will be opened by default but
+    // this argument will only be heeded when the application is opening.
+    if (isAppOpenEvent && [ud boolForKey:MMNoWindowKey] == YES)
+        return NO;
+
+    return YES;
 }

 - (BOOL)applicationOpenUntitledFile:(NSApplication *)sender
@@ -457,14 +460,8 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        // Count the number of open tabs
        e = [vimControllers objectEnumerator];
        id vc;
-        while ((vc = [e nextObject])) {
-            NSString *eval = [vc evaluateVimExpression:@"tabpagenr('$')"];
-            if (eval) {
-                int count = [eval intValue];
-                if (count > 0 && count < INT_MAX)
-                    numTabs += count;
-            }
-        }
+        while ((vc = [e nextObject]))
+            numTabs += [[vc objectForVimStateKey:@"numTabs"] intValue];

        if (numWindows > 1 || numTabs > 1) {
            NSAlert *alert = [[NSAlert alloc] init];
@@ -515,17 +512,34 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    if (NSTerminateNow == reply) {
        e = [vimControllers objectEnumerator];
        id vc;
-        while ((vc = [e nextObject]))
+        while ((vc = [e nextObject])) {
+            //NSLog(@"Terminate pid=%d", [vc pid]);
            [vc sendMessage:TerminateNowMsgID data:nil];
+        }

        e = [cachedVimControllers objectEnumerator];
-        while ((vc = [e nextObject]))
+        while ((vc = [e nextObject])) {
+            //NSLog(@"Terminate pid=%d (cached)", [vc pid]);
            [vc sendMessage:TerminateNowMsgID data:nil];
+        }

-        // Give Vim processes a chance to terminate before MacVim.  If they
-        // haven't terminated by the time applicationWillTerminate: is sent,
-        // they may be forced to quit (see below).
-        usleep(MMTerminationSleepPeriod);
+        // If a Vim process is being preloaded as we quit we have to forcibly
+        // kill it since we have not established a connection yet.
+        if (preloadPid > 0) {
+            //NSLog(@"INCOMPLETE preloaded process: preloadPid=%d", preloadPid);
+            kill(preloadPid, SIGKILL);
+        }
+
+        // If a Vim process was loading as we quit we also have to kill it.
+        e = [[pidArguments allKeys] objectEnumerator];
+        NSNumber *pidKey;
+        while ((pidKey = [e nextObject])) {
+            //NSLog(@"INCOMPLETE process: pid=%d", [pidKey intValue]);
+            kill([pidKey intValue], SIGKILL);
+        }
+
+        // Sleep a little to allow all the Vim processes to exit.
+        usleep(10000);
    }

    return reply;
@@ -549,23 +563,41 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    // connection).
    [connection invalidate];

-    // Send a SIGINT to all running Vim processes, so that they are sure to
-    // receive the connectionDidDie: notification (a process has to be checking
-    // the run-loop for this to happen).
-    unsigned i, count = [vimControllers count];
-    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
-        MMVimController *controller = [vimControllers objectAtIndex:i];
-        int pid = [controller pid];
-        if (-1 != pid)
-            kill(pid, SIGINT);
-    }
-
+    // Deactivate the font we loaded from the app bundle.
+    // NOTE: This can take quite a while (~500 ms), so termination will be
+    // noticeably faster if loading of the default font is disabled.
    if (fontContainerRef) {
        ATSFontDeactivate(fontContainerRef, NULL, kATSOptionFlagsDefault);
        fontContainerRef = 0;
    }

    [NSApp setDelegate:nil];
+
+    // Try to wait for all child processes to avoid leaving zombies behind (but
+    // don't wait around for too long).
+    NSDate *timeOutDate = [NSDate dateWithTimeIntervalSinceNow:2];
+    while ([timeOutDate timeIntervalSinceNow] > 0) {
+        [self reapChildProcesses:nil];
+        if (numChildProcesses <= 0)
+            break;
+
+        //NSLog(@"%d processes still left, sleep a bit...", numChildProcesses);
+
+        // Run in NSConnectionReplyMode while waiting instead of calling e.g.
+        // usleep().  Otherwise incoming messages may clog up the DO queues and
+        // the outgoing TerminateNowMsgID sent earlier never reaches the Vim
+        // process.
+        // This has at least one side-effect, namely we may receive the
+        // annoying "dropping incoming DO message".  (E.g. this may happen if
+        // you quickly hit Cmd-n several times in a row and then immediately
+        // press Cmd-q, Enter.)
+        while (CFRunLoopRunInMode((CFStringRef)NSConnectionReplyMode,
+                0.05, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource)
+            ;   // do nothing
+    }
+
+    if (numChildProcesses > 0)
+        NSLog(@"%d ZOMBIES left behind", numChildProcesses);
 }

 + (MMAppController *)sharedInstance
@@ -607,6 +639,14 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        if (hide)
            [NSApp hide:self];
    }
+
+    // There is a small delay before the Vim process actually exits so wait a
+    // little before trying to reap the child process.  If the process still
+    // hasn't exited after this wait it won't be reaped until the next time
+    // reapChildProcesses: is called (but this should be harmless).
+    [self performSelector:@selector(reapChildProcesses:)
+               withObject:nil
+               afterDelay:0.1];
 }

 - (void)windowControllerWillOpen:(MMWindowController *)windowController
@@ -636,21 +676,26 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,

        [win setFrameTopLeftPoint:topLeft];

-        NSPoint screenOrigin = [[win screen] frame].origin;
-        if ([win frame].origin.y < screenOrigin.y) {
-            // Try to avoid shifting the new window downwards if it means that
-            // the bottom of the window will be off the screen.  E.g. if the
-            // user has set windows to open maximized in the vertical direction
-            // then the new window will cascade horizontally only.
-            topLeft.y = oldTopLeft.y;
-            [win setFrameTopLeftPoint:topLeft];
-        }
+        if ([win screen]) {
+            NSPoint screenOrigin = [[win screen] frame].origin;
+            if ([win frame].origin.y < screenOrigin.y) {
+                // Try to avoid shifting the new window downwards if it means
+                // that the bottom of the window will be off the screen.  E.g.
+                // if the user has set windows to open maximized in the
+                // vertical direction then the new window will cascade
+                // horizontally only.
+                topLeft.y = oldTopLeft.y;
+                [win setFrameTopLeftPoint:topLeft];
+            }

-        if ([win frame].origin.y < screenOrigin.y) {
-            // Move the window to the top of the screen if the bottom of the
-            // window is still obscured.
-            topLeft.y = NSMaxY([[win screen] frame]);
-            [win setFrameTopLeftPoint:topLeft];
+            if ([win frame].origin.y < screenOrigin.y) {
+                // Move the window to the top of the screen if the bottom of
+                // the window is still obscured.
+                topLeft.y = NSMaxY([[win screen] frame]);
+                [win setFrameTopLeftPoint:topLeft];
+            }
+        } else {
+            NSLog(@"[%s] WINDOW NOT ON SCREEN, don't constrain position", _cmd);
        }
    }

@@ -797,6 +842,17 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
            firstController = vc;
    }

+    // The meaning of "layout" is defined by the WIN_* defines in main.c.
+    NSUserDefaults *ud = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
+    int layout = [ud integerForKey:MMOpenLayoutKey];
+    BOOL splitVert = [ud boolForKey:MMVerticalSplitKey];
+    BOOL openInCurrentWindow = [ud boolForKey:MMOpenInCurrentWindowKey];
+
+    if (splitVert && MMLayoutHorizontalSplit == layout)
+        layout = MMLayoutVerticalSplit;
+    if (layout < 0 || (layout > MMLayoutTabs && openInCurrentWindow))
+        layout = MMLayoutTabs;
+
    if ([filenames count] == 0) {
        // Raise the window containing the first file that was already open,
        // and make sure that the tab containing that file is selected.  Only
@@ -804,10 +860,18 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        // the window with 'firstFile' will be raised, other times it might be
        // the window that will open with the files in the 'filenames' array.
        firstFile = [firstFile stringByEscapingSpecialFilenameCharacters];
+
+        NSString *bufCmd = @"tab sb";
+        switch (layout) {
+            case MMLayoutHorizontalSplit: bufCmd = @"sb"; break;
+            case MMLayoutVerticalSplit:   bufCmd = @"vert sb"; break;
+            case MMLayoutArglist:         bufCmd = @"b"; break;
+        }
+
        NSString *input = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"<C-\\><C-N>"
                ":let oldswb=&swb|let &swb=\"useopen,usetab\"|"
-                "tab sb %@|let &swb=oldswb|unl oldswb|"
-                "cal foreground()|redr|f<CR>", firstFile];
+                "%@ %@|let &swb=oldswb|unl oldswb|"
+                "cal foreground()<CR>", bufCmd, firstFile];

        [firstController addVimInput:input];

@@ -824,23 +888,13 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    //
    // b) Open any remaining files
    //
-    MMVimController *vc;
-    NSUserDefaults *ud = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
-    BOOL openInCurrentWindow = [ud boolForKey:MMOpenInCurrentWindowKey];
-
-    // The meaning of "layout" is defined by the WIN_* defines in main.c.
-    int layout = [ud integerForKey:MMOpenLayoutKey];
-    BOOL splitVert = [ud boolForKey:MMVerticalSplitKey];
-    if (splitVert && MMLayoutHorizontalSplit == layout)
-        layout = MMLayoutVerticalSplit;
-    if (layout < 0 || (layout > MMLayoutTabs && openInCurrentWindow))
-        layout = MMLayoutTabs;

    [arguments setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:layout] forKey:@"layout"];
    [arguments setObject:filenames forKey:@"filenames"];
    // (Indicate that files should be opened from now on.)
    [arguments setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:NO] forKey:@"dontOpen"];

+    MMVimController *vc;
    if (openInCurrentWindow && (vc = [self topmostVimController])) {
        // Open files in an already open window.
        [[[vc windowController] window] makeKeyAndOrderFront:self];
@@ -935,7 +989,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
            boolForKey:MMDialogsTrackPwdKey];
    if (trackPwd) {
        MMVimController *vc = [self keyVimController];
-        if (vc) dir = [[vc vimState] objectForKey:@"pwd"];
+        if (vc) dir = [vc objectForVimStateKey:@"pwd"];
    }

    NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
@@ -1077,7 +1131,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
        // MacVim would steal the focus if another app was activated while the
        // untitled window was loading.
        if (!args || args != [NSNull null])
-            [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
+            [self activateWhenNextWindowOpens];

        if (args)
            [pidArguments removeObjectForKey:pidKey];
@@ -1272,7 +1326,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    if (useLoginShell) {
        // Run process with a login shell, roughly:
        //   echo "exec Vim -g -f args" | ARGV0=-`basename $SHELL` $SHELL [-l]
-        pid = executeInLoginShell(path, taskArgs);
+        pid = [self executeInLoginShell:path arguments:taskArgs];
    } else {
        // Run process directly:
        //   Vim -g -f args
@@ -1282,9 +1336,18 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    }

    if (-1 != pid) {
-        // NOTE: If the process has no arguments, then add a null argument to
-        // the pidArguments dictionary.  This is later used to detect that a
-        // process without arguments is being launched.
+        // The 'pidArguments' dictionary keeps arguments to be passed to the
+        // process when it connects (this is in contrast to arguments which are
+        // passed on the command line, like '-f' and '-g').
+        // If this method is called with nil arguments we take this as a hint
+        // that this is an "untitled window" being launched and add a null
+        // object to the 'pidArguments' dictionary.  This way we can detect if
+        // an untitled window is being launched by looking for null objects in
+        // this dictionary.
+        // If this method is called with non-nil arguments then it is assumed
+        // that the caller takes care of adding items to 'pidArguments' as
+        // necessary (only some arguments are passed on connect, e.g. files to
+        // open).
        if (!args)
            [pidArguments setObject:[NSNull null]
                             forKey:[NSNumber numberWithInt:pid]];
@@ -1523,7 +1586,7 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    NSEnumerator *e = [vimControllers objectEnumerator];
    id vc;
    while ((vc = [e nextObject])) {
-        if ([[[vc vimState] objectForKey:@"unusedEditor"] boolValue])
+        if ([[vc objectForVimStateKey:@"unusedEditor"] boolValue])
            return vc;
    }

@@ -1738,6 +1801,14 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    n = count;
    while (n-- > 0 && [cachedVimControllers count] > 0)
        [cachedVimControllers removeObjectAtIndex:0];
+
+    // There is a small delay before the Vim process actually exits so wait a
+    // little before trying to reap the child process.  If the process still
+    // hasn't exited after this wait it won't be reaped until the next time
+    // reapChildProcesses: is called (but this should be harmless).
+    [self performSelector:@selector(reapChildProcesses:)
+               withObject:nil
+               afterDelay:0.1];
 }

 - (void)rebuildPreloadCache
@@ -1877,13 +1948,53 @@ fsEventCallback(ConstFSEventStreamRef streamRef,
    [self scheduleVimControllerPreloadAfterDelay:0.5];
 }

-@end // MMAppController (Private)
+- (void)loadDefaultFont
+{
+    // It is possible to set a user default to avoid loading the default font
+    // (this cuts down on startup time).
+    if (![[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:MMLoadDefaultFontKey]
+            || fontContainerRef)
+        return;

+    // Load all fonts in the Resouces folder of the app bundle.
+    NSString *fontsFolder = [[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath];
+    if (fontsFolder) {
+        NSURL *fontsURL = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:fontsFolder];
+        if (fontsURL) {
+            FSRef fsRef;
+            CFURLGetFSRef((CFURLRef)fontsURL, &fsRef);

+#if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
+            // This is the font activation API for OS X 10.5.  Only compile
+            // this code if we're building on OS X 10.5 or later.
+            if (NULL != ATSFontActivateFromFileReference) { // Weakly linked
+                ATSFontActivateFromFileReference(&fsRef, kATSFontContextLocal,
+                                                 kATSFontFormatUnspecified,
+                                                 NULL, kATSOptionFlagsDefault,
+                                                 &fontContainerRef);
+            }
+#endif
+#if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
+            // The following font activation API was deprecated in OS X 10.5.
+            // Don't compile this code unless we're targeting OS X 10.4.
+            FSSpec fsSpec;
+            if (fontContainerRef == 0 &&
+                    FSGetCatalogInfo(&fsRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL,
+                                     &fsSpec, NULL) == noErr) {
+                ATSFontActivateFromFileSpecification(&fsSpec,
+                        kATSFontContextLocal, kATSFontFormatUnspecified, NULL,
+                        kATSOptionFlagsDefault, &fontContainerRef);
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+    }

+    if (!fontContainerRef)
+        NSLog(@"WARNING: Failed to activate the default font (the app bundle "
+                "may be incomplete)");
+}

-    static int
-executeInLoginShell(NSString *path, NSArray *args)
+- (int)executeInLoginShell:(NSString *)path arguments:(NSArray *)args
 {
    // Start a login shell and execute the command 'path' with arguments 'args'
    // in the shell.  This ensures that user environment variables are set even
@@ -1955,10 +2066,6 @@ executeInLoginShell(NSString *path, NSArray *args)
    } else if (pid == 0) {
        // Child process

-        // We need to undo our zombie avoidance as Vim waits for and needs
-        // the exit statuses of processes it spawns.
-        signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
-
        if (close(ds[1]) == -1) exit(255);
        if (dup2(ds[0], 0) == -1) exit(255);

@@ -1982,7 +2089,30 @@ executeInLoginShell(NSString *path, NSArray *args)

        if (write(ds[1], [input UTF8String], bytes) != bytes) return -1;
        if (close(ds[1]) == -1) return -1;
+
+        ++numChildProcesses;
+        //NSLog(@"new process pid=%d (count=%d)", pid, numChildProcesses);
    }

    return pid;
 }
+
+- (void)reapChildProcesses:(id)sender
+{
+    // NOTE: numChildProcesses (currently) only counts the number of Vim
+    // processes that have been started with executeInLoginShell::.  If other
+    // processes are spawned this code may need to be adjusted (or
+    // numChildProcesses needs to be incremented when such a process is
+    // started).
+    while (numChildProcesses > 0) {
+        int status = 0;
+        int pid = waitpid(-1, &status, WNOHANG);
+        if (pid <= 0)
+            break;
+
+        //NSLog(@"WAIT for pid=%d complete", pid);
+        --numChildProcesses;
+    }
+}
+
+@end // MMAppController (Private)
@@ -892,10 +892,19 @@ defaultLineHeightForFont(NSFont *font)
    return NSNotFound;
 }

+// The return type of this message changed with OS X 10.5 so we need this
+// kludge in order to avoid compiler warnings on OS X 10.4.
+#if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
 - (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier
 {
    return (NSInteger)self;
 }
+#else
+- (long)conversationIdentifier
+{
+    return (long)self;
+}
+#endif

 - (NSRange)selectedRange
 {
@@ -41,12 +41,13 @@
    NSMutableDictionary *clientProxyDict;
    NSMutableDictionary *serverReplyDict;
    NSString            *alternateServerName;
-    ATSFontContainerRef fontContainerRef;
-    NSFont              *oldWideFont;
+    GuiFont             oldWideFont;
    BOOL                isTerminating;
    BOOL                waitForAck;
    int                 initialWindowLayout;
    BOOL                flushDisabled;
+    unsigned            numWholeLineChanges;
+    unsigned            offsetForDrawDataPrune;
 }

 + (MMBackend *)sharedInstance;
@@ -95,8 +96,7 @@
 - (void)setScrollbarPosition:(int)pos length:(int)len identifier:(long)ident;
 - (void)setScrollbarThumbValue:(long)val size:(long)size max:(long)max
                    identifier:(long)ident;
- (void)setFont:(NSFont *)font;
- (void)setWideFont:(NSFont *)font;
+- (void)setFont:(GuiFont)font wide:(BOOL)wide;
 - (void)executeActionWithName:(NSString *)name;
 - (void)setMouseShape:(int)shape;
 - (void)setBlinkWait:(int)wait on:(int)on off:(int)off;
@@ -51,13 +51,6 @@ static int eventModifierFlagsToVimModMask(int modifierFlags);
 static int eventModifierFlagsToVimMouseModMask(int modifierFlags);
 static int eventButtonNumberToVimMouseButton(int buttonNumber);

-// Before exiting process, sleep for this many microseconds.  This is to allow
-// any distributed object messages in transit to be received by MacVim before
-// the process dies (otherwise an error message is logged by Cocoa).  Note that
-// this delay is only necessary if an NSConnection to MacVim has been
-// established.
-static useconds_t MMExitProcessDelay = 300000;
-
 // In gui_macvim.m
 vimmenu_T *menu_for_descriptor(NSArray *desc);

@@ -77,6 +70,9 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
     "\ta symlink, then your MacVim.app bundle is incomplete.\n\n";


+extern GuiFont gui_mch_retain_font(GuiFont font);
+
+

@interface NSString (MMServerNameCompare)
 - (NSComparisonResult)serverNameCompare:(NSString *)string;
@@ -86,6 +82,8 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =


@interface MMBackend (Private)
+- (void)clearDrawData;
+- (void)didChangeWholeLine;
 - (void)waitForDialogReturn;
 - (void)insertVimStateMessage;
 - (void)processInputQueue;
@@ -138,8 +136,6 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    self = [super init];
    if (!self) return nil;

-    fontContainerRef = loadFonts();
-
    outputQueue = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
    inputQueue = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
    drawData = [[NSMutableData alloc] initWithCapacity:1024];
@@ -173,7 +169,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    //NSLog(@"%@ %s", [self className], _cmd);
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self];

-    [oldWideFont release];  oldWideFont = nil;
+    gui_mch_free_font(oldWideFont);  oldWideFont = NOFONT;
    [blinkTimer release];  blinkTimer = nil;
    [alternateServerName release];  alternateServerName = nil;
    [serverReplyDict release];  serverReplyDict = nil;
@@ -346,7 +342,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
        frontendProxy = [proxy connectBackend:self pid:pid];
        if (frontendProxy) {
            [frontendProxy retain];
-            [frontendProxy setProtocolForProxy:@protocol(MMAppProtocol)];
+            [frontendProxy setProtocolForProxy:@protocol(MMFrontendProtocol)];
            ok = YES;
        }
    }
@@ -370,7 +366,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    // Any draw commands in queue are effectively obsolete since this clearAll
    // will negate any effect they have, therefore we may as well clear the
    // draw queue.
-    [drawData setLength:0];
+    [self clearDrawData];

    [drawData appendBytes:&type length:sizeof(int)];
 }
@@ -402,6 +398,9 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    [drawData appendBytes:&bottom length:sizeof(int)];
    [drawData appendBytes:&left length:sizeof(int)];
    [drawData appendBytes:&right length:sizeof(int)];
+
+    if (left == 0 && right == gui.num_cols-1)
+        [self didChangeWholeLine];
 }

 - (void)drawString:(char*)s length:(int)len row:(int)row column:(int)col
@@ -437,6 +436,9 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    [drawData appendBytes:&bottom length:sizeof(int)];
    [drawData appendBytes:&left length:sizeof(int)];
    [drawData appendBytes:&right length:sizeof(int)];
+
+    if (left == 0 && right == gui.num_cols-1)
+        [self didChangeWholeLine];
 }

 - (void)drawCursorAtRow:(int)row column:(int)col shape:(int)shape
@@ -472,7 +474,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    // Keep running the run-loop until there is no more input to process.
    while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true)
            == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource)
-        ;
+        ;   // do nothing
 }

 - (void)flushQueue:(BOOL)force
@@ -485,10 +487,10 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =

    if ([drawData length] > 0) {
        // HACK!  Detect changes to 'guifontwide'.
-        if (gui.wide_font != (GuiFont)oldWideFont) {
-            [oldWideFont release];
-            oldWideFont = [(NSFont*)gui.wide_font retain];
-            [self setWideFont:oldWideFont];
+        if (gui.wide_font != oldWideFont) {
+            gui_mch_free_font(oldWideFont);
+            oldWideFont = gui_mch_retain_font(gui.wide_font);
+            [self setFont:oldWideFont wide:YES];
        }

        int type = SetCursorPosDrawType;
@@ -497,7 +499,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
        [drawData appendBytes:&gui.col length:sizeof(gui.col)];

        [self queueMessage:BatchDrawMsgID data:[drawData copy]];
-        [drawData setLength:0];
+        [self clearDrawData];
    }

    if ([outputQueue count] > 0) {
@@ -512,8 +514,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
                    outputQueue);
            if (![connection isValid]) {
                NSLog(@"WARNING! Connection is invalid, exit now!");
-                NSLog(@"waitForAck=%d got_int=%d isTerminating=%d",
-                        waitForAck, got_int, isTerminating);
+                NSLog(@"waitForAck=%d got_int=%d", waitForAck, got_int);
                mch_exit(-1);
            }
        }
@@ -559,21 +560,17 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
 {
    // NOTE: This is called if mch_exit() is called.  Since we assume here that
    // the process has started properly, be sure to use exit() instead of
-    // mch_exit() to prematurely terminate a process.
-
-    // To notify MacVim that this Vim process is exiting we could simply
-    // invalidate the connection and it would automatically receive a
-    // connectionDidDie: notification.  However, this notification seems to
-    // take up to 300 ms to arrive which is quite a noticeable delay.  Instead
-    // we immediately send a message to MacVim asking it to close the window
-    // belonging to this process, and then we invalidate the connection (in
-    // case the message got lost).
+    // mch_exit() to prematurely terminate a process (or set 'isTerminating'
+    // first).

    // Make sure no connectionDidDie: notification is received now that we are
    // already exiting.
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self];

-    if ([connection isValid]) {
+    // The 'isTerminating' flag indicates that the frontend is also exiting so
+    // there is no need to flush any more output since the frontend won't look
+    // at it anyway.
+    if (!isTerminating && [connection isValid]) {
        @try {
            // Flush the entire queue in case a VimLeave autocommand added
            // something to the queue.
@@ -584,7 +581,15 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
            NSLog(@"Exception caught when sending CloseWindowMsgID: \"%@\"", e);
        }

-        [connection invalidate];
+        // NOTE: If Cmd-w was pressed to close the window the menu is briefly
+        // highlighted and during this pause the frontend won't receive any DO
+        // messages.  If the Vim process exits before this highlighting has
+        // finished Cocoa will emit the following error message:
+        //   *** -[NSMachPort handlePortMessage:]: dropping incoming DO message
+        //   because the connection or ports are invalid
+        // To avoid this warning we delay here.  If the warning still appears
+        // this delay may need to be increased.
+        usleep(150000);
    }

 #ifdef MAC_CLIENTSERVER
@@ -592,13 +597,6 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    [[NSConnection defaultConnection] setRootObject:nil];
    [[NSConnection defaultConnection] invalidate];
 #endif
-
-    if (fontContainerRef) {
-        ATSFontDeactivate(fontContainerRef, NULL, kATSOptionFlagsDefault);
-        fontContainerRef = 0;
-    }
-
-    usleep(MMExitProcessDelay);
 }

 - (void)selectTab:(int)index
@@ -834,35 +832,27 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    [self queueMessage:SetScrollbarThumbMsgID data:data];
 }

- (void)setFont:(NSFont *)font
+- (void)setFont:(GuiFont)font wide:(BOOL)wide
 {
-    NSString *fontName = [font displayName];
-    float size = [font pointSize];
-    int len = [fontName lengthOfBytesUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
-    if (len > 0) {
-        NSMutableData *data = [NSMutableData data];
-
-        [data appendBytes:&size length:sizeof(float)];
-        [data appendBytes:&len length:sizeof(int)];
-        [data appendBytes:[fontName UTF8String] length:len];
-
-        [self queueMessage:SetFontMsgID data:data];
+    NSString *fontName = (NSString *)font;
+    float size = 0;
+    NSArray *components = [fontName componentsSeparatedByString:@":"];
+    if ([components count] == 2) {
+        size = [[components lastObject] floatValue];
+        fontName = [components objectAtIndex:0];
    }
-}

- (void)setWideFont:(NSFont *)font
-{
-    NSString *fontName = [font displayName];
-    float size = [font pointSize];
    int len = [fontName lengthOfBytesUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
    NSMutableData *data = [NSMutableData data];
-
    [data appendBytes:&size length:sizeof(float)];
    [data appendBytes:&len length:sizeof(int)];
+
    if (len > 0)
        [data appendBytes:[fontName UTF8String] length:len];
+    else if (!wide)
+        return;     // Only the wide font can be set to nothing

-    [self queueMessage:SetWideFontMsgID data:data];
+    [self queueMessage:(wide ? SetWideFontMsgID : SetFontMsgID) data:data];
 }

 - (void)executeActionWithName:(NSString *)name
@@ -1055,11 +1045,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    // which waits on the run loop will fail to detect this message (e.g. in
    // waitForConnectionAcknowledgement).

-    BOOL shouldClearQueue = NO;
-    if (InterruptMsgID == msgid) {
-        shouldClearQueue = YES;
-        got_int = TRUE;
-    } else if (InsertTextMsgID == msgid && data != nil) {
+    if (InsertTextMsgID == msgid && data != nil) {
        const void *bytes = [data bytes];
        bytes += sizeof(int);
        int len = *((int*)bytes);  bytes += sizeof(int);
@@ -1067,17 +1053,18 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
            char_u *str = (char_u*)bytes;
            if ((str[0] == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) ||
                    (str[0] == intr_char && intr_char != Ctrl_C)) {
-                shouldClearQueue = YES;
                got_int = TRUE;
+                [inputQueue removeAllObjects];
+                return;
            }
        }
    } else if (TerminateNowMsgID == msgid) {
-        shouldClearQueue = YES;
+        // Terminate immediately (the frontend is about to quit or this process
+        // was aborted).  Don't preserve modified files since the user would
+        // already have been presented with a dialog warning if there were any
+        // modified files when we get here.
        isTerminating = YES;
-    }
-
-    if (shouldClearQueue) {
-        [inputQueue removeAllObjects];
+        getout(0);
        return;
    }

@@ -1236,11 +1223,18 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
 }

 - (void)addInput:(in bycopy NSString *)input
-                 client:(in byref id <MMVimClientProtocol>)client
+          client:(in byref id <MMVimClientProtocol>)client
 {
    //NSLog(@"addInput:%@ client:%@", input, (id)client);

-    [self addInput:input];
+    // NOTE: We don't call addInput: here because it differs from
+    // server_to_input_buf() in that it always sets the 'silent' flag and we
+    // don't want the MacVim client/server code to behave differently from
+    // other platforms.
+    char_u *s = [input vimStringSave];
+    server_to_input_buf(s);
+    vim_free(s);
+
    [self addClient:(id)client];
 }

@@ -1449,11 +1443,11 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
 {
    if (!waitForAck) return;

-    while (waitForAck && !got_int && [connection isValid] && !isTerminating) {
+    while (waitForAck && !got_int && [connection isValid]) {
        [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] runMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
                                 beforeDate:[NSDate distantFuture]];
-        //NSLog(@"  waitForAck=%d got_int=%d isTerminating=%d isValid=%d",
-        //        waitForAck, got_int, isTerminating, [connection isValid]);
+        //NSLog(@"  waitForAck=%d got_int=%d isValid=%d",
+        //        waitForAck, got_int, [connection isValid]);
    }

    if (waitForAck) {
@@ -1464,7 +1458,6 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
        // NOTE: We intentionally do not call mch_exit() since this in turn
        // will lead to -[MMBackend exit] getting called which we want to
        // avoid.
-        usleep(MMExitProcessDelay);
        exit(0);
    }

@@ -1483,6 +1476,40 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =

@implementation MMBackend (Private)

+- (void)clearDrawData
+{
+    [drawData setLength:0];
+    numWholeLineChanges = offsetForDrawDataPrune = 0;
+}
+
+- (void)didChangeWholeLine
+{
+    // It may happen that draw queue is filled up with lots of changes that
+    // affect a whole row.  If the number of such changes equals twice the
+    // number of visible rows then we can prune some commands off the queue.
+    //
+    // NOTE: If we don't perform this pruning the draw queue may grow
+    // indefinitely if Vim were to repeatedly send draw commands without ever
+    // waiting for new input (that's when the draw queue is flushed).  The one
+    // instance I know where this can happen is when a command is executed in
+    // the shell (think ":grep" with thousands of matches).
+
+    ++numWholeLineChanges;
+    if (numWholeLineChanges == gui.num_rows) {
+        // Remember the offset to prune up to.
+        offsetForDrawDataPrune = [drawData length];
+    } else if (numWholeLineChanges == 2*gui.num_rows) {
+        // Delete all the unnecessary draw commands.
+        NSMutableData *d = [[NSMutableData alloc]
+                    initWithBytes:[drawData bytes] + offsetForDrawDataPrune
+                           length:[drawData length] - offsetForDrawDataPrune];
+        offsetForDrawDataPrune = [d length];
+        numWholeLineChanges -= gui.num_rows;
+        [drawData release];
+        drawData = d;
+    }
+}
+
 - (void)waitForDialogReturn
 {
    // Keep processing the run loop until a dialog returns.  To avoid getting
@@ -1493,8 +1520,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    // items while a sheet is being displayed, so we can't just wait for the
    // first message to arrive and assume that is the setDialogReturn: call.

-    while (nil == dialogReturn && !got_int && [connection isValid]
-            && !isTerminating)
+    while (nil == dialogReturn && !got_int && [connection isValid])
        [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] runMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
                                 beforeDate:[NSDate distantFuture]];

@@ -1536,12 +1562,16 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    // to make synchronous calls from MacVim to Vim in order to get state.

    BOOL mmta = curbuf ? curbuf->b_p_mmta : NO;
+    int numTabs = tabpage_index(NULL) - 1;
+    if (numTabs < 0)
+        numTabs = 0;

    NSDictionary *vimState = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
        [[NSFileManager defaultManager] currentDirectoryPath], @"pwd",
        [NSNumber numberWithInt:p_mh], @"p_mh",
        [NSNumber numberWithBool:[self unusedEditor]], @"unusedEditor",
        [NSNumber numberWithBool:mmta], @"p_mmta",
+        [NSNumber numberWithInt:numTabs], @"numTabs",
        nil];

    // Put the state before all other messages.
@@ -1982,19 +2012,15 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =

 - (void)connectionDidDie:(NSNotification *)notification
 {
-    // If the main connection to MacVim is lost this means that MacVim was
-    // either quit (by the user chosing Quit on the MacVim menu), or it has
-    // crashed.  In the former case the flag 'isTerminating' is set and we then
-    // quit cleanly; in the latter case we make sure the swap files are left
-    // for recovery.
+    // If the main connection to MacVim is lost this means that either MacVim
+    // has crashed or this process did not receive its termination message
+    // properly (e.g. if the TerminateNowMsgID was dropped).
    //
    // NOTE: This is not called if a Vim controller invalidates its connection.

-    //NSLog(@"%s isTerminating=%d", _cmd, isTerminating);
-    if (isTerminating)
-        getout(0);
-    else
-        getout_preserve_modified(1);
+    NSLog(@"WARNING[%s]: Main connection was lost before process had a chance "
+            "to terminate; preserving swap files.", _cmd);
+    getout_preserve_modified(1);
 }

 - (void)blinkTimerFired:(NSTimer *)timer
@@ -2132,7 +2158,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
    bytes += sizeof(unsigned);  // len not used

    NSMutableString *name = [NSMutableString stringWithUTF8String:bytes];
-    [name appendString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@":h%.2f", pointSize]];
+    [name appendString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@":h%d", (int)pointSize]];
    char_u *s = (char_u*)[name UTF8String];

 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -2413,10 +2439,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
                    [self addInput:@"|vert sall"];

                // Restore the old value of 'suffixes'.
-                [self addInput:@"|let &su=mvim_oldsu|unlet mvim_oldsu"];
-
-                // Adding "|redr|f" ensures a "Hit ENTER" prompt is not shown.
-                [self addInput:@"|redr|f<CR>"];
+                [self addInput:@"|let &su=mvim_oldsu|unlet mvim_oldsu<CR>"];
            } else {
                // When opening one file we try to reuse the current window,
                // but not if its buffer is modified or has a filename.
@@ -2447,9 +2470,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =
                }

                [self addInput:cmd];
-
-                // Adding "|redr|f" ensures a "Hit ENTER" prompt is not shown.
-                [self addInput:@"|redr|f<CR>"];
+                [self addInput:@"<CR>"];
            }

            // Force screen redraw (does it have to be this complicated?).
@@ -2503,9 +2524,7 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =

    NSString *searchText = [args objectForKey:@"searchText"];
    if (searchText) {
-        // TODO: Searching is an exclusive motion, so if the pattern would
-        // match on row 0 column 0 then this pattern will miss that match.
-        [self addInput:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"<C-\\><C-N>gg/\\c%@<CR>",
+        [self addInput:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"<C-\\><C-N>gg/\\c%@/e<CR>",
                searchText]];
    }
 }
@@ -2524,17 +2543,44 @@ static NSString *MMSymlinkWarningString =

 - (void)addInput:(NSString *)input
 {
-    char_u *s = (char_u*)[input UTF8String];
+    // NOTE: This code is essentially identical to server_to_input_buf(),
+    // except the 'silent' flag is TRUE in the call to ins_typebuf() below.
+    char_u *string = [input vimStringSave];
+    if (!string) return;

-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    s = CONVERT_FROM_UTF8(s);
-#endif
+    /* Set 'cpoptions' the way we want it.
+     *    B set - backslashes are *not* treated specially
+     *    k set - keycodes are *not* reverse-engineered
+     *    < unset - <Key> sequences *are* interpreted
+     *  The last but one parameter of replace_termcodes() is TRUE so that the
+     *  <lt> sequence is recognised - needed for a real backslash.
+     */
+    char_u *ptr = NULL;
+    char_u *cpo_save = p_cpo;
+    p_cpo = (char_u *)"Bk";
+    char_u *str = replace_termcodes((char_u *)string, &ptr, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
+    p_cpo = cpo_save;

-    server_to_input_buf(s);
+    if (*ptr != NUL)	/* trailing CTRL-V results in nothing */
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Add the string to the input stream.
+	 * Can't use add_to_input_buf() here, we now have K_SPECIAL bytes.
+	 *
+	 * First clear typed characters from the typeahead buffer, there could
+	 * be half a mapping there.  Then append to the existing string, so
+	 * that multiple commands from a client are concatenated.
+	 */
+	if (typebuf.tb_maplen < typebuf.tb_len)
+	    del_typebuf(typebuf.tb_len - typebuf.tb_maplen, typebuf.tb_maplen);
+	(void)ins_typebuf(str, REMAP_NONE, typebuf.tb_len, TRUE, TRUE);

-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    CONVERT_FROM_UTF8_FREE(s);
-#endif
+	/* Let input_available() know we inserted text in the typeahead
+	 * buffer. */
+	typebuf_was_filled = TRUE;
+    }
+    vim_free(ptr);
+    vim_free(string);
 }

 - (BOOL)unusedEditor
@@ -38,12 +38,10 @@
 #define FUOPT_BGCOLOR_HLGROUP 0x004


-static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;
-
@interface MMFullscreenWindow (Private)
 - (BOOL)isOnPrimaryScreen;
- (void)hideDockIfAppropriate;
- (void)revealDockIfAppropriate;
+- (void)handleWindowDidBecomeMainNotification:(NSNotification *)notification;
+- (void)handleWindowDidResignMainNotification:(NSNotification *)notification;
@end

@implementation MMFullscreenWindow
@@ -79,6 +77,18 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;
    [self setBackgroundColor:back];
    [self setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];

+    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter]
+        addObserver:self
+           selector:@selector(handleWindowDidBecomeMainNotification:)
+               name:NSWindowDidBecomeMainNotification
+             object:self];
+
+    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter]
+        addObserver:self
+           selector:@selector(handleWindowDidResignMainNotification:)
+               name:NSWindowDidResignMainNotification
+             object:self];
+
    return self;
 }

@@ -86,6 +96,8 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;
 {
    LOG_DEALLOC

+    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self];
+
    [target release];  target = nil;
    [view release];  view = nil;

@@ -94,8 +106,6 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;

 - (void)enterFullscreen:(int)fuoptions
 {
-    [self hideDockIfAppropriate];
-
    // fade to black
    Boolean didBlend = NO;
    CGDisplayFadeReservationToken token;
@@ -139,8 +149,10 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;

    int fuRows = currRows, fuColumns = currColumns;

+    // NOTE: Do not use [NSScreen visibleFrame] when determining the screen
+    // size since it compensates for menu and dock.
    int maxRows, maxColumns;
-    NSSize size = [[self screen] visibleFrame].size;
+    NSSize size = [[self screen] frame].size;
    [view constrainRows:&maxRows columns:&maxColumns toSize:size];

    // Store current pre-fu vim size
@@ -277,8 +289,6 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;
        CGReleaseDisplayFadeReservation(token);
    }
    
-    [self revealDockIfAppropriate];
-
    [self autorelease]; // Balance the above retain
 }

@@ -347,38 +357,29 @@ static int numFullscreenWindows = 0;
    return [self screen] == [screens objectAtIndex:0];
 }

- (void)hideDockIfAppropriate
+- (void)handleWindowDidBecomeMainNotification:(NSNotification *)notification
 {
    // Hide menu and dock, both appear on demand.
    //
-    // Don't hide the dock if going fullscreen on a non-primary screen. Also,
-    // if there are several fullscreen windows on the primary screen, only
-    // hide dock and friends for the first fullscreen window (and display
-    // them again after the last fullscreen window has been closed).
-    //
    // Another way to deal with several fullscreen windows would be to hide/
-    // reveal the dock each time a fullscreen window gets/loses focus, but
-    // this way it's less distracting.
+    // reveal the dock only when the first fullscreen window is created and
+    // show it again after the last one has been closed, but toggling on each
+    // focus gain/loss works better with Spaces. The downside is that the
+    // menu bar flashes shortly when switching between two fullscreen windows.

    // XXX: If you have a fullscreen window on a secondary monitor and unplug
    // the monitor, this will probably not work right.

    if ([self isOnPrimaryScreen]) {
-        if (numFullscreenWindows == 0) {
-            SetSystemUIMode(kUIModeAllSuppressed, 0); //requires 10.3
-        }
-        ++numFullscreenWindows;
+        SetSystemUIMode(kUIModeAllSuppressed, 0); //requires 10.3
    }
 }

- (void)revealDockIfAppropriate
+- (void)handleWindowDidResignMainNotification:(NSNotification *)notification
 {
-     // order menu and dock back in
+    // order menu and dock back in
    if ([self isOnPrimaryScreen]) {
-        --numFullscreenWindows;
-        if (numFullscreenWindows == 0) {
-            SetSystemUIMode(kUIModeNormal, 0);
-        }
+        SetSystemUIMode(kUIModeNormal, 0);
    }
 }

@@ -40,9 +40,12 @@ static void loadSymbols()
 }


-static CFStringRef ODBEDITOR = CFSTR("org.slashpunt.edit_in_odbeditor");
-static CFStringRef ODB_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = CFSTR("ODBEditorBundleIdentifier");
-static CFStringRef ODB_EDITOR_NAME = CFSTR("ODBEditorName");
+// The compiler on OS X 10.4 balks at using CFSTR() for globals so we get
+// around with this some ugly type casting.
+static CFStringRef ODBEDITOR = (CFStringRef)@"org.slashpunt.edit_in_odbeditor";
+static CFStringRef ODB_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER =
+                                    (CFStringRef)@"ODBEditorBundleIdentifier";
+static CFStringRef ODB_EDITOR_NAME = (CFStringRef)@"ODBEditorName";
 static NSString *ODBEDITOR_DIR = 
    @"/Library/InputManagers/Edit in ODBEditor";
 static NSString *ODBEDITOR_PATH =
@@ -52,7 +52,9 @@ static float MMDragAreaSize = 73.0f;

 - (void)dealloc
 {
+    [insertionPointColor release];  insertionPointColor = nil;
    [markedText release];  markedText = nil;
+    [markedTextAttributes release];  markedTextAttributes = nil;

    [super dealloc];
 }
@@ -100,14 +102,19 @@ static float MMDragAreaSize = 73.0f;
    int flags = [event modifierFlags];
    if ((flags & NSControlKeyMask) ||
            ((flags & NSAlternateKeyMask) && (flags & NSFunctionKeyMask))) {
+        BOOL unmodIsPrintable = YES;
        NSString *unmod = [event charactersIgnoringModifiers];
-        if ([unmod length] == 1 && [unmod characterAtIndex:0] <= 0x7f
-                                && [unmod characterAtIndex:0] >= 0x60) {
-            // HACK! Send Ctrl-letter keys (and C-@, C-[, C-\, C-], C-^, C-_)
-            // as normal text to be added to the Vim input buffer.  This must
-            // be done in order for the backend to be able to separate e.g.
-            // Ctrl-i and Ctrl-tab.
-            [self insertText:[event characters]];
+        if (unmod && [unmod length] > 0 && [unmod characterAtIndex:0] < 0x20)
+            unmodIsPrintable = NO;
+
+        NSString *chars = [event characters];
+        if ([chars length] == 1 && [chars characterAtIndex:0] < 0x20
+                && unmodIsPrintable) {
+            // HACK! Send unprintable characters (such as C-@, C-[, C-\, C-],
+            // C-^, C-_) as normal text to be added to the Vim input buffer.
+            // This must be done in order for the backend to be able to
+            // separate e.g. Ctrl-i and Ctrl-tab.
+            [self insertText:chars];
        } else {
            [self dispatchKeyEvent:event];
        }
@@ -264,10 +271,14 @@ static float MMDragAreaSize = 73.0f;
    if ([unmodchars isEqual:@"?"])
        return NO;

-    // Cmd-. is hard-wired to send an interrupt (like Ctrl-C).
+    // Cmd-. is hard-wired to send SIGINT unlike Ctrl-C which is just another
+    // key press which Vim has to interpret.  This means that Cmd-. always
+    // works to interrupt a Vim process whereas Ctrl-C can suffer from problems
+    // such as dropped DO messages (or if Vim is stuck in a loop without
+    // checking for keyboard input).
    if ((flags & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask) == NSCommandKeyMask &&
            [unmodchars isEqual:@"."]) {
-        [[self vimController] sendMessage:InterruptMsgID data:nil];
+        kill([[self vimController] pid], SIGINT);
        return YES;
    }

@@ -741,7 +752,7 @@ static float MMDragAreaSize = 73.0f;
    NSString *chars = [event characters];
    NSString *unmodchars = [event charactersIgnoringModifiers];
    unichar c = [chars characterAtIndex:0];
-    unichar imc = [unmodchars characterAtIndex:0];
+    unichar imc = [unmodchars length] > 0 ? [unmodchars characterAtIndex:0] : 0;
    int len = 0;
    const char *bytes = 0;
    int mods = [event modifierFlags];
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
 - (NSString *)serverName;
 - (MMWindowController *)windowController;
 - (NSDictionary *)vimState;
+- (id)objectForVimStateKey:(NSString *)key;
 - (NSMenu *)mainMenu;
 - (BOOL)isPreloading;
 - (void)setIsPreloading:(BOOL)yn;
@@ -200,6 +200,11 @@ static BOOL isUnsafeMessage(int msgid);
    return vimState;
 }

+- (id)objectForVimStateKey:(NSString *)key
+{
+    return [vimState objectForKey:key];
+}
+
 - (NSMenu *)mainMenu
 {
    return mainMenu;
@@ -247,6 +252,10 @@ static BOOL isUnsafeMessage(int msgid);
    if (layout < 0 || layout > MMLayoutTabs)
        layout = MMLayoutTabs;

+    BOOL splitVert = [ud boolForKey:MMVerticalSplitKey];
+    if (splitVert && MMLayoutHorizontalSplit == layout)
+        layout = MMLayoutVerticalSplit;
+
    NSDictionary *args = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
            [NSNumber numberWithInt:layout],    @"layout",
            filenames,                          @"filenames",
@@ -859,10 +868,14 @@ static BOOL isUnsafeMessage(int msgid);
                initWithBytes:(void*)bytes length:len
                     encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
        NSFont *font = [NSFont fontWithName:name size:size];
+        if (!font) {
+            // This should only happen if the default font was not loaded in
+            // which case we fall back on using the Cocoa default fixed width
+            // font.
+            font = [NSFont userFixedPitchFontOfSize:size];
+        }

-        if (font)
-            [windowController setFont:font];
-
+        [windowController setFont:font];
        [name release];
    } else if (SetWideFontMsgID == msgid) {
        const void *bytes = [data bytes];
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ enum {
    // frameSizeMayHaveChanged.
    [self setAutoresizesSubviews:YES];

-    if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:MMAtsuiRendererKey]) {
+    NSUserDefaults *ud = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
+    if ([ud boolForKey:MMAtsuiRendererKey]) {
        // Use ATSUI for text rendering.
        //
        // HACK! 'textView' has type MMTextView, but MMAtsuiTextView is not
@@ -100,7 +101,6 @@ enum {
    }

    // Allow control of text view inset via MMTextInset* user defaults.
-    NSUserDefaults *ud = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults];
    int left = [ud integerForKey:MMTextInsetLeftKey];
    int top = [ud integerForKey:MMTextInsetTopKey];
    [textView setTextContainerInset:NSMakeSize(left, top)];
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ enum {
    [tabBarControl setCellOptimumWidth:
                                     [ud integerForKey:MMTabOptimumWidthKey]];

-    [tabBarControl setShowAddTabButton:YES];
+    [tabBarControl setShowAddTabButton:[ud boolForKey:MMShowAddTabButtonKey]];
    [[tabBarControl addTabButton] setTarget:self];
    [[tabBarControl addTabButton] setAction:@selector(addNewTab:)];
    [tabBarControl setAllowsDragBetweenWindows:NO];
@@ -142,8 +142,18 @@

 - (IBAction)zoom:(id)sender
 {
+    NSScreen *screen = [self screen];
+    if (!screen) {
+        NSLog(@"[%s] WINDOW NOT ON SCREEN, zoom to main screen", _cmd);
+        screen = [NSScreen mainScreen];
+        if (!screen) {
+            NSLog(@"[%s] NO MAIN SCREEN, abort zoom", _cmd);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
    NSRect frame = [self frame];
-    NSRect defaultFrame = [[self screen] visibleFrame];
+    NSRect defaultFrame = [screen visibleFrame];
    defaultFrame = [[self delegate] windowWillUseStandardFrame:self
                                                  defaultFrame:defaultFrame];

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
    MMVimView           *vimView;
    BOOL                setupDone;
    BOOL                shouldResizeVimView;
+    int                 shouldUpdateToolbar;
    BOOL                keepOnScreen;
    BOOL                fullscreenEnabled;
    NSString            *windowAutosaveKey;
@@ -81,6 +81,7 @@
 - (BOOL)askBackendForStarRegister:(NSPasteboard *)pb;
 - (void)hideTablineSeparator:(BOOL)hide;
 - (void)doFindNext:(BOOL)next;
+- (void)updateToolbar;
@end


@@ -428,6 +429,9 @@
    // If we were to immediately resize then the vim view size would jitter
    // (e.g.  hiding/showing scrollbars often happens several time in one
    // update).
+    // Also delay toggling the toolbar until after scrollbars otherwise
+    // problems arise when showing toolbar and scrollbar at the same time, i.e.
+    // on "set go+=rT".

    if (shouldResizeVimView) {
        shouldResizeVimView = NO;
@@ -448,6 +452,11 @@

        keepOnScreen = NO;
    }
+
+    if (shouldUpdateToolbar != 0) {
+        [self updateToolbar];
+        shouldUpdateToolbar = 0;
+    }
 }

 - (void)showTabBar:(BOOL)on
@@ -481,20 +490,16 @@

    [toolbar setSizeMode:size];
    [toolbar setDisplayMode:mode];
-    [toolbar setVisible:on];

-    if (([decoratedWindow styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) == 0) {
-        if (!on) {
-            [self hideTablineSeparator:YES];
-        } else {
-            [self hideTablineSeparator:![[vimView tabBarControl] isHidden]];
-        }
+    // NOTE: If the window is not visible we must toggle the toolbar
+    // immediately, otherwise "set go-=T" in .gvimrc will lead to the toolbar
+    // showing its hide animation every time a new window is opened.  (See
+    // processCommandQueueDidFinish for the reason why we need to delay
+    // toggling the toolbar when the window is visible.)
+    if ([decoratedWindow isVisible]) {
+        shouldUpdateToolbar = on ? 1 : -1;
    } else {
-        // Textured windows don't have a line below there title bar, so we
-        // need the separator in this case as well. In fact, the only case
-        // where we don't need the separator is when the tab bar control
-        // is visible (because it brings its own separator).
-        [self hideTablineSeparator:![[vimView tabBarControl] isHidden]];
+        [self updateToolbar];
    }
 }

@@ -757,7 +762,19 @@

 - (void)windowDidMove:(NSNotification *)notification
 {
-    if (setupDone && windowAutosaveKey) {
+    if (!setupDone)
+        return;
+
+    if (fullscreenEnabled) {
+        // HACK! The full-screen is not supposed to be able to be moved.  If we
+        // do get here while in full-screen something unexpected happened (e.g.
+        // the full-screen window was on an external display that got
+        // unplugged) and we handle this situation by leaving full-screen.
+        [self leaveFullscreen];
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (windowAutosaveKey) {
        NSRect frame = [decoratedWindow frame];
        NSPoint topLeft = { frame.origin.x, NSMaxY(frame) };
        NSString *topLeftString = NSStringFromPoint(topLeft);
@@ -774,7 +791,11 @@
    // size in updateResizeConstraints since the screen's visible frame may
    // change at any time (dock could move, resolution could change, window
    // could be moved to another screen, ...).
+    if (![win screen])
+        return proposedFrameSize;

+    // NOTE: Not called in full-screen mode so use "visibleFrame" instead of
+    // "frame".
    NSRect maxFrame = [self constrainFrame:[[win screen] visibleFrame]];

    if (proposedFrameSize.width > maxFrame.size.width)
@@ -891,24 +912,28 @@

    NSRect newFrame = [decoratedWindow frameRectForContentRect:contentRect];

-    // Ensure that the window fits inside the visible part of the screen.
-    NSRect maxFrame = [[decoratedWindow screen] visibleFrame];
-    maxFrame = [self constrainFrame:maxFrame];
+    if ([decoratedWindow screen]) {
+        // Ensure that the window fits inside the visible part of the screen.
+        // NOTE: Not called in full-screen mode so use "visibleFrame' instead
+        // of "frame".
+        NSRect maxFrame = [[decoratedWindow screen] visibleFrame];
+        maxFrame = [self constrainFrame:maxFrame];

-    if (newFrame.size.width > maxFrame.size.width) {
-        newFrame.size.width = maxFrame.size.width;
-        newFrame.origin.x = maxFrame.origin.x;
-    }
-    if (newFrame.size.height > maxFrame.size.height) {
-        newFrame.size.height = maxFrame.size.height;
-        newFrame.origin.y = maxFrame.origin.y;
-    }
-
-    if (onScreen) {
-        if (newFrame.origin.y < maxFrame.origin.y)
+        if (newFrame.size.width > maxFrame.size.width) {
+            newFrame.size.width = maxFrame.size.width;
+            newFrame.origin.x = maxFrame.origin.x;
+        }
+        if (newFrame.size.height > maxFrame.size.height) {
+            newFrame.size.height = maxFrame.size.height;
            newFrame.origin.y = maxFrame.origin.y;
-        if (NSMaxX(newFrame) > NSMaxX(maxFrame))
-            newFrame.origin.x = NSMaxX(maxFrame) - newFrame.size.width;
+        }
+
+        if (onScreen) {
+            if (newFrame.origin.y < maxFrame.origin.y)
+                newFrame.origin.y = maxFrame.origin.y;
+            if (NSMaxX(newFrame) > NSMaxX(maxFrame))
+                newFrame.origin.x = NSMaxX(maxFrame) - newFrame.size.width;
+        }
    }

    [decoratedWindow setFrame:newFrame display:YES];
@@ -917,7 +942,15 @@
 - (NSSize)constrainContentSizeToScreenSize:(NSSize)contentSize
 {
    NSWindow *win = [self window];
-    NSRect rect = [win contentRectForFrameRect:[[win screen] visibleFrame]];
+    if (![win screen])
+        return contentSize;
+
+    // NOTE: This may be called in both windowed and full-screen mode.  The
+    // "visibleFrame" method does not overlap menu and dock so should not be
+    // used in full-screen.
+    NSRect screenRect = fullscreenEnabled ? [[win screen] frame]
+                                          : [[win screen] visibleFrame];
+    NSRect rect = [win contentRectForFrameRect:screenRect];

    if (contentSize.height > rect.size.height)
        contentSize.height = rect.size.height;
@@ -1025,4 +1058,27 @@
    [vimController addVimInput:input];
 }

+- (void)updateToolbar
+{
+    NSToolbar *toolbar = [decoratedWindow toolbar];
+    if (!toolbar) return;
+
+    BOOL on = shouldUpdateToolbar > 0 ? YES : NO;
+    [toolbar setVisible:on];
+
+    if (([decoratedWindow styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) == 0) {
+        if (!on) {
+            [self hideTablineSeparator:YES];
+        } else {
+            [self hideTablineSeparator:![[vimView tabBarControl] isHidden]];
+        }
+    } else {
+        // Textured windows don't have a line below there title bar, so we
+        // need the separator in this case as well. In fact, the only case
+        // where we don't need the separator is when the tab bar control
+        // is visible (because it brings its own separator).
+        [self hideTablineSeparator:![[vimView tabBarControl] isHidden]];
+    }
+}
+
@end // MMWindowController (Private)
@@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ enum {
    SetDocumentFilenameMsgID,
    OpenWithArgumentsMsgID,
    CloseWindowMsgID,
-    InterruptMsgID,
    SetFullscreenColorMsgID,
    ShowFindReplaceDialogMsgID,
    FindReplaceMsgID,
@@ -225,11 +224,6 @@ extern NSString *VimPBoardType;



-// Loads all fonts in the Resouces folder of the app bundle and returns a font
-// container reference (which should be used to deactivate the loaded fonts).
-ATSFontContainerRef loadFonts();
-
-

@interface NSString (MMExtras)
 - (NSString *)stringByEscapingSpecialFilenameCharacters;
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ char *MessageStrings[] =
    "ShowTabBarMsgID",
    "HideTabBarMsgID",
    "SetTextRowsMsgID",
-    "SetTextColumsMsgID",
+    "SetTextColumnsMsgID",
    "SetTextDimensionsMsgID",
    "LiveResizeMsgID",
    "SetTextDimensionsReplyMsgID",
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ char *MessageStrings[] =
    "SetDocumentFilenameMsgID",
    "OpenWithArgumentsMsgID",
    "CloseWindowMsgID",
-    "InterruptMsgID",
    "SetFullscreenColorMsgID",
    "ShowFindReplaceDialogMsgID",
    "FindReplaceMsgID",
@@ -100,39 +99,6 @@ NSString *VimPBoardType = @"VimPBoardType";



-    ATSFontContainerRef
-loadFonts()
-{
-    // This loads all fonts from the Resources folder.  The fonts are only
-    // available to the process which loaded them, so loading has to be done
-    // once for MacVim and an additional time for each Vim process.  The
-    // returned container ref should be used to deactiave the font.
-    //
-    // (Code taken from cocoadev.com)
-    ATSFontContainerRef fontContainerRef = 0;
-    NSString *fontsFolder = [[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath];    
-    if (fontsFolder) {
-        NSURL *fontsURL = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:fontsFolder];
-        if (fontsURL) {
-            FSRef fsRef;
-            FSSpec fsSpec;
-            CFURLGetFSRef((CFURLRef)fontsURL, &fsRef);
-
-            if (FSGetCatalogInfo(&fsRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &fsSpec,
-                        NULL) == noErr) {
-                ATSFontActivateFromFileSpecification(&fsSpec,
-                        kATSFontContextLocal, kATSFontFormatUnspecified, NULL,
-                        kATSOptionFlagsDefault, &fontContainerRef);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return fontContainerRef;
-}
-
-
-
-
@implementation NSString (MMExtras)

 - (NSString *)stringByEscapingSpecialFilenameCharacters
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@
 					i386,
 				);
 				COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
-				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 40;
+				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 44;
 				FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
 					"$(inherited)",
 					"$(FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS_QUOTED_1)",
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@
 			buildSettings = {
 				ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH)";
 				COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
-				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 40;
+				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 44;
 				FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
 					"$(inherited)",
 					"$(FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS_QUOTED_1)",
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
 				HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = PSMTabBarControl/source/;
 				INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
 				INSTALL_PATH = "$(HOME)/Applications";
-				MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.4;
+				MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = "";
 				PRODUCT_NAME = MacVim;
 				VERSIONING_SYSTEM = "apple-generic";
 				WRAPPER_EXTENSION = app;
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@
 			buildSettings = {
 				ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH)";
 				COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
-				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 40;
+				CURRENT_PROJECT_VERSION = 44;
 				FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
 					"$(inherited)",
 					"$(FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS_QUOTED_1)",
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
 				HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = PSMTabBarControl/source/;
 				INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
 				INSTALL_PATH = "$(HOME)/Applications";
-				MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.4;
+				MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = "";
 				PRODUCT_NAME = MacVim;
 				VERSIONING_SYSTEM = "apple-generic";
 				WRAPPER_EXTENSION = app;
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 extern NSString *MMTabMinWidthKey;
 extern NSString *MMTabMaxWidthKey;
 extern NSString *MMTabOptimumWidthKey;
+extern NSString *MMShowAddTabButtonKey;
 extern NSString *MMTextInsetLeftKey;
 extern NSString *MMTextInsetRightKey;
 extern NSString *MMTextInsetTopKey;
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ extern NSString *MMOpenLayoutKey;
 extern NSString *MMVerticalSplitKey;
 extern NSString *MMPreloadCacheSizeKey;
 extern NSString *MMLastWindowClosedBehaviorKey;
+extern NSString *MMLoadDefaultFontKey;


 // Enum for MMUntitledWindowKey
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 NSString *MMTabMinWidthKey              = @"MMTabMinWidth";
 NSString *MMTabMaxWidthKey              = @"MMTabMaxWidth";
 NSString *MMTabOptimumWidthKey          = @"MMTabOptimumWidth";
+NSString *MMShowAddTabButtonKey         = @"MMShowAddTabButton";
 NSString *MMTextInsetLeftKey            = @"MMTextInsetLeft";
 NSString *MMTextInsetRightKey           = @"MMTextInsetRight";
 NSString *MMTextInsetTopKey             = @"MMTextInsetTop";
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ NSString *MMOpenLayoutKey               = @"MMOpenLayout";
 NSString *MMVerticalSplitKey            = @"MMVerticalSplit";
 NSString *MMPreloadCacheSizeKey         = @"MMPreloadCacheSize";
 NSString *MMLastWindowClosedBehaviorKey = @"MMLastWindowClosedBehavior";
+NSString *MMLoadDefaultFontKey          = @"MMLoadDefaultFont";



@@ -22,13 +22,12 @@

 // NOTE: The default font is bundled with the application.
 static NSString *MMDefaultFontName = @"DejaVu Sans Mono";
-static float MMDefaultFontSize = 12.0f;
-static float MMMinFontSize = 6.0f;
-static float MMMaxFontSize = 100.0f;
-static BOOL gui_mch_init_has_finished = NO;
+static int MMDefaultFontSize       = 12;
+static int MMMinFontSize           = 6;
+static int MMMaxFontSize           = 100;


-static NSFont *gui_macvim_font_with_name(char_u *name);
+static GuiFont gui_macvim_font_with_name(char_u *name);
 static int specialKeyToNSKey(int key);
 static int vimModMaskToEventModifierFlags(int mods);

@@ -99,15 +98,6 @@ gui_mch_init(void)
 {
    //NSLog(@"gui_mch_init()");

-    // NOTE! Because OS X has to exec after fork we effectively end up doing
-    // the initialization twice (because this function is called before the
-    // fork).  To avoid all this extra work we check if Vim is about to fork,
-    // and if so do nothing for now.
-    //
-    // TODO: Is this check 100% foolproof?
-    if (gui.dofork && (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_FORG) == NULL))
-        return OK;
-
    if (![[MMBackend sharedInstance] checkin]) {
        // TODO: Kill the process if there is no terminal to fall back on,
        // otherwise the process will run outputting to the console.
@@ -140,8 +130,6 @@ gui_mch_init(void)
    // in [g]vimrc.
    gui_mch_adjust_charheight();

-    gui_mch_init_has_finished = YES;
-
    return OK;
 }

@@ -162,12 +150,6 @@ gui_mch_exit(int rc)
    int
 gui_mch_open(void)
 {
-    //NSLog(@"gui_mch_open()");
-
-    // This check is to avoid doing extra work when we're about to fork.
-    if (!gui_mch_init_has_finished)
-        return OK;
-
    return [[MMBackend sharedInstance] openGUIWindow];
 }

@@ -189,7 +171,8 @@ gui_mch_update(void)
    // interrupt Vim by presssing Ctrl-C during lengthy operations (e.g. after
    // entering "10gs" it would not be possible to bring Vim out of the 10 s
    // sleep prematurely).  As a compromise we check for Ctrl-C only once per
-    // second.
+    // second.  Note that Cmd-. sends SIGINT so it has higher success rate at
+    // interrupting Vim.
    static CFAbsoluteTime lastTime = 0;

    CFAbsoluteTime nowTime = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
@@ -210,6 +193,48 @@ gui_mch_flush(void)
 }


+    void
+gui_macvim_flush(void)
+{
+    // This function counts how many times it is called and only flushes the
+    // draw queue if called sufficiently often.  The first few times it is
+    // called it will flush often, but the more it is called the less likely is
+    // it that anything will be flushed.  (The counter resets itself if the
+    // function isn't called for a second.)
+    //
+    // NOTE: Should only be used in loops where it is impossible to know how
+    // often Vim needs to flush.  It was written to handle output from external
+    // commands (see mch_call_shell() in os_unix.c).
+
+    static CFAbsoluteTime lastTime = 0;
+    static int delay = 1;
+    static int counter = 0;
+    static int scrolls = 0;
+
+    CFAbsoluteTime nowTime = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
+    CFAbsoluteTime delta = nowTime - lastTime;
+    if (delta > 1.0)
+        delay = 1;
+
+    // We assume that each call corresponds roughly to one line of output.
+    // When one page has scrolled by we increase the delay before the next
+    // flush.
+    if (++scrolls > gui.num_rows) {
+        delay <<= 1;
+        if (delay > 2048)
+            delay = 2048;
+        scrolls = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (++counter > delay) {
+        gui_macvim_force_flush();
+        counter = 0;
+    }
+
+    lastTime = nowTime;
+}
+
+
 /* Force flush output to MacVim.  Do not call this method unless absolutely
 * necessary. */
    void
@@ -897,11 +922,18 @@ gui_mch_free_font(font)
 {
    if (font != NOFONT) {
        //NSLog(@"gui_mch_free_font(font=0x%x)", font);
-        [(NSFont*)font release];
+        [(id)font release];
    }
 }


+    GuiFont
+gui_mch_retain_font(GuiFont font)
+{
+    return (GuiFont)[(id)font retain];
+}
+
+
 /*
 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
 */
@@ -911,9 +943,9 @@ gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
    //NSLog(@"gui_mch_get_font(name=%s, giveErrorIfMissing=%d)", name,
    //        giveErrorIfMissing);

-    NSFont *font = gui_macvim_font_with_name(name);
-    if (font)
-        return (GuiFont)[font retain];
+    GuiFont font = gui_macvim_font_with_name(name);
+    if (font != NOFONT)
+        return font;

    if (giveErrorIfMissing)
        EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
@@ -925,14 +957,12 @@ gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
- * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
+ * TODO: use 'font' instead of 'name'?
 */
    char_u *
 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
 {
-    if (name == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    return vim_strsave(name);
+    return name ? vim_strsave(name) : NULL;
 }
 #endif

@@ -952,24 +982,24 @@ gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
        return FAIL;
    }

-    NSFont *font = gui_macvim_font_with_name(font_name);
-    if (font) {
-        [(NSFont*)gui.norm_font release];
-        gui.norm_font = (GuiFont)[font retain];
+    GuiFont font = gui_macvim_font_with_name(font_name);
+    if (font == NOFONT)
+        return FAIL;

-        // NOTE: MacVim keeps separate track of the normal and wide fonts.
-        // Unless the user changes 'guifontwide' manually, they are based on
-        // the same (normal) font.  Also note that each time the normal font is
-        // set, the advancement may change so the wide font needs to be updated
-        // as well (so that it is always twice the width of the normal font).
-        [[MMBackend sharedInstance] setFont:font];
-        [[MMBackend sharedInstance] setWideFont:
-               (NOFONT == gui.wide_font ? font : (NSFont*)gui.wide_font)];
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
+    gui.norm_font = font;

-        return OK;
-    }
+    // NOTE: MacVim keeps separate track of the normal and wide fonts.
+    // Unless the user changes 'guifontwide' manually, they are based on
+    // the same (normal) font.  Also note that each time the normal font is
+    // set, the advancement may change so the wide font needs to be updated
+    // as well (so that it is always twice the width of the normal font).
+    [[MMBackend sharedInstance] setFont:font wide:NO];
+    [[MMBackend sharedInstance] setFont:(NOFONT != gui.wide_font ? gui.wide_font
+                                                                 : font)
+                                   wide:YES];

-    return FAIL;
+    return OK;
 }


@@ -983,63 +1013,58 @@ gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
 }


-    NSFont *
+/*
+ * Return GuiFont in allocated memory.  The caller must free it using
+ * gui_mch_free_font().
+ */
+    GuiFont
 gui_macvim_font_with_name(char_u *name)
 {
-    NSFont *font = nil;
-    NSString *fontName = MMDefaultFontName;
-    float size = MMDefaultFontSize;
+    if (!name)
+        return (GuiFont)[[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@:%d",
+                                        MMDefaultFontName, MMDefaultFontSize];
+
+    NSString *fontName = [NSString stringWithVimString:name];
+    int size = MMDefaultFontSize;
    BOOL parseFailed = NO;

-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    name = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(name);
-#endif
-
-    if (name) {
-        fontName = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)name];
-
-        NSArray *components = [fontName componentsSeparatedByString:@":"];
-        if ([components count] == 2) {
-            NSString *sizeString = [components lastObject];
-            if ([sizeString length] > 0
-                    && [sizeString characterAtIndex:0] == 'h') {
-                sizeString = [sizeString substringFromIndex:1];
-                if ([sizeString length] > 0) {
-                    size = [sizeString floatValue];
-                    fontName = [components objectAtIndex:0];
-                }
-            } else {
-                parseFailed = YES;
+    NSArray *components = [fontName componentsSeparatedByString:@":"];
+    if ([components count] == 2) {
+        NSString *sizeString = [components lastObject];
+        if ([sizeString length] > 0
+                && [sizeString characterAtIndex:0] == 'h') {
+            sizeString = [sizeString substringFromIndex:1];
+            if ([sizeString length] > 0) {
+                size = (int)round([sizeString floatValue]);
+                fontName = [components objectAtIndex:0];
            }
-        } else if ([components count] > 2) {
+        } else {
            parseFailed = YES;
        }
+    } else if ([components count] > 2) {
+        parseFailed = YES;
+    }

-        if (!parseFailed) {
-            // Replace underscores with spaces.
-            fontName = [[fontName componentsSeparatedByString:@"_"]
-                                     componentsJoinedByString:@" "];
-        }
+    if (!parseFailed) {
+        // Replace underscores with spaces.
+        fontName = [[fontName componentsSeparatedByString:@"_"]
+                                 componentsJoinedByString:@" "];
    }

    if (!parseFailed && [fontName length] > 0) {
        if (size < MMMinFontSize) size = MMMinFontSize;
        if (size > MMMaxFontSize) size = MMMaxFontSize;

-        font = [NSFont fontWithName:fontName size:size];
-
-        if (!font && MMDefaultFontName == fontName) {
-            // If for some reason the MacVim default font is not in the app
-            // bundle, then fall back on the system default font.
-            font = [NSFont userFixedPitchFontOfSize:0];
-        }
+        // If the default font is requested we don't check if NSFont can load
+        // it since the font most likely isn't loaded anyway (it may only be
+        // available to the MacVim binary).  If it is not the default font we
+        // ask NSFont if it can load it.
+        if ([fontName isEqualToString:MMDefaultFontName]
+                || [NSFont fontWithName:fontName size:size])
+            return [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@:%d", fontName, size];
    }

-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(name);
-#endif
-
-    return font;
+    return NOFONT;
 }

 // -- Scrollbars ------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1675,6 +1700,9 @@ gui_mch_leave_fullscreen()
    void
 gui_mch_fuopt_update()
 {
+    if (!gui.in_use)
+        return;
+
    guicolor_T fg, bg;
    if (fuoptions_flags & FUOPT_BGCOLOR_HLGROUP) {
        syn_id2colors(fuoptions_bgcolor, &fg, &bg);
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " System gvimrc file for MacVim
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bjorn Winckler <bjorn.winckler@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Sun Oct 04 2008
+" Last Change:	Sun Mar 15 2009
 "
 " This is a work in progress.  If you feel so inclined, please help me improve
 " this file.
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ if !exists("colors_name")
    colorscheme macvim
 endif

+" To make tabs more readable, the label only contains the tail of the file
+" name and the buffer modified flag.
+set guitablabel=%M%t


 " Send print jobs to Preview.app.  This does not delete the temporary ps file
@@ -2,10 +2,25 @@

 OUTDIR ?= .

-$(OUTDIR)/MacVim-generic.icns: make_icons.py vim-noshadow-512.png
+$(OUTDIR)/MacVim-generic.icns: make_icons.py vim-noshadow-512.png loadfont.so Envy\ Code\ R\ Bold.ttf
 	$(MAKE) -C makeicns
 	/usr/bin/python make_icons.py $(OUTDIR)

+loadfont.so: loadfont.c
+	/usr/bin/python setup.py install --install-lib .
+
+Envy\ Code\ R\ Bold.ttf: EnvyCodeR.zip
+	unzip -jo EnvyCodeR.zip
+	# unzip uses the file date from the zip file. Change the file date to
+	# "now", so that the zip is not unzipped in every `make` run.`
+	touch Envy\ Code\ R\ Bold.ttf
+
+ENVYCODE_URL=http://download.damieng.com/latest/EnvyCodeR
+EnvyCodeR.zip:
+	curl ${ENVYCODE_URL} --location -o EnvyCodeR.zip
+
 clean:
 	$(MAKE) -C makeicns clean
-	rm -f $(OUTDIR)/MacVim-*.icns
+	rm -f $(OUTDIR)/MacVim-*.icns loadfont.so *.pyc \
+	  EnvyCodeR.zip *.ttf *.reg *.txt
+	rm -rf *.egginfo build  # Created by setup.py
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+from Foundation import *
+from AppKit import *
+
+import itertools
+import math
+import operator
+import os
+
+from optparse import OptionParser
+
+
+# Resources
+DEFAULT_BACKGROUND = '/System/Library/CoreServices/CoreTypes.bundle/' + \
+    'Contents/Resources/GenericDocumentIcon.icns'  # might require leopard?
+
+
+# Cache both images and background renderers globally
+imageCache = {}
+bgCache = {}
+
+
+# Make us not crash
+# http://www.cocoabuilder.com/archive/message/cocoa/2008/8/6/214964
+NSApplicationLoad()
+
+
+class Surface(object):
+  """Represents a simple bitmapped image."""
+
+  def __init__(self, *p, **kw):
+    if not 'premultiplyAlpha' in kw:
+      kw['premultiplyAlpha'] = True
+    if len(p) == 1 and isinstance(p[0], NSBitmapImageRep):
+      self.bitmapRep = p[0]
+    elif len(p) == 2 and isinstance(p[0], int) and isinstance(p[1], int):
+      format = NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat
+      if not kw['premultiplyAlpha']:
+        format += NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat
+      self.bitmapRep = NSBitmapImageRep.alloc().initWithBitmapDataPlanes_pixelsWide_pixelsHigh_bitsPerSample_samplesPerPixel_hasAlpha_isPlanar_colorSpaceName_bitmapFormat_bytesPerRow_bitsPerPixel_(
+          None, p[0], p[1], 8, 4, True, False, NSDeviceRGBColorSpace,
+          format, 0, 0)
+
+    if not hasattr(self, 'bitmapRep') or not self.bitmapRep:
+      raise Exception('Failed to create surface: ' + str(p))
+
+  def size(self):
+    return map(int, self.bitmapRep.size())  # cocoa returns floats. cocoa ftw
+
+  def data(self):
+    """Returns data in ARGB order (on intel, at least)."""
+    r = self.bitmapRep
+    if r.bitmapFormat() != (NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat |
+          NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat) or \
+        r.bitsPerPixel() != 32 or \
+        r.isPlanar() or \
+        r.samplesPerPixel() != 4:
+      raise Exception("Unsupported image format")
+    return self.bitmapRep.bitmapData()
+
+  def save(self, filename):
+    """Saves image as png file."""
+    self.bitmapRep.representationUsingType_properties_(NSPNGFileType, None) \
+        .writeToFile_atomically_(filename, True)
+
+  def draw(self):
+    self.bitmapRep.draw()
+
+  def context(self):
+    # Note: Cocoa only supports contexts with premultiplied alpha
+    return NSGraphicsContext.graphicsContextWithBitmapImageRep_(self.bitmapRep)
+
+  def copy(self):
+    return Surface(self.bitmapRep.copy())
+
+
+class Image(object):
+  """Represents an image that can consist of several Surfaces."""
+
+  def __init__(self, param):
+    if isinstance(param, str):
+      self.image = NSImage.alloc().initWithContentsOfFile_(param)
+    elif isinstance(param, Surface):
+      self.image = NSImage.alloc().initWithSize_( param.size() )
+      self.image.addRepresentation_(param.bitmapRep)
+
+    if not self.image:
+      raise Exception('Failed to load image: ' + str(param))
+
+  def surfaceOfSize(self, w, h):
+    """Returns an ARGB, non-premultiplied surface of size w*h or throws."""
+    r = None
+    for rep in self.image.representations():
+      # Cocoa reports fraction widths for pngs (wtf?!), so use round()
+      if map(lambda x: int(round(x)), rep.size()) == [w, h]:
+        r = rep
+        break
+
+    # XXX: Resample in this case? That'd make the program easier to use, but
+    #      can silently create blurry backgrounds. Since this happens with
+    #      the app icon anyways, this might not be a huge deal?
+    if not r:
+      raise Exception('Unsupported size %dx%d', w, h)
+    return Surface(r)
+
+  def blend(self):
+    self.compositeInRect( ((0, 0), self.image.size()) )
+
+  def compositeInRect(self, r, mode=NSCompositeSourceOver):
+    self.image.drawInRect_fromRect_operation_fraction_(r, NSZeroRect,
+        mode, 1.0)
+
+  def sizes(self):
+    s = set()
+    for rep in self.image.representations():
+      s.add(tuple(map(lambda x: int(round(x)), rep.size())))
+    return s
+
+
+class Context(object):
+  # Tiger has only Python2.3, so we can't use __enter__ / __exit__ for this :-(
+
+  def __init__(self, surface):
+    NSGraphicsContext.saveGraphicsState()
+    c = surface.context()
+    c.setShouldAntialias_(True);
+    c.setImageInterpolation_(NSImageInterpolationHigh);
+    NSGraphicsContext.setCurrentContext_(c)
+
+  def done(self):
+    NSGraphicsContext.restoreGraphicsState()
+
+
+class SplittableBackground(object):
+
+  def __init__(self, unsplitted, shouldSplit=True):
+    self.unsplitted = unsplitted
+    self.shouldSplit = shouldSplit
+    self.ground = {}
+    self.shadow = {}
+
+  def rawGroundAtSize(self, s):
+    return self.unsplitted.surfaceOfSize(s, s)
+
+  def groundAtSize(self, s):
+    if not self.shouldSplit:
+      return self.rawGroundAtSize(s)
+    self._performSplit(s)
+    return self.ground[s]
+
+  def shadowAtSize(self, s):
+    if not self.shouldSplit:
+      return None
+    self._performSplit(s)
+    return self.shadow[s]
+
+  def _performSplit(self, s):
+    if s in self.ground:
+      assert s in self.shadow
+      return
+    assert s not in self.shadow
+    ground, shadow = splitGenericDocumentIcon(self.unsplitted, s)
+    self.ground[s] = ground
+    self.shadow[s] = shadow
+
+
+class BackgroundRenderer(object):
+
+  def __init__(self, bg, icon=None, r={}):
+    self.bgRenderer = bg
+    self.icon = icon
+    self.cache = {}
+    self.rect = r
+
+  def drawIcon(self, s):
+    if not self.icon:
+      return
+
+    assert s in [16, 32, 128, 256, 512]
+    a = list(self.rect[s])
+
+    # convert from `flow` coords to cocoa
+    a[2] = -a[2]  # mirror y
+
+    w, h = s*a[1], s*a[3]
+    self.icon.compositeInRect( (((s-w)/2 + a[0], (s-h)/2 + a[2]), (w, h)) )
+
+  def drawAtSize(self, s):
+    if not self.icon:
+      # No need to split the background if no icons is interleaved -- take
+      # the faster code path in that case.
+      self.bgRenderer.rawGroundAtSize(s).draw()
+      return
+
+    self.bgRenderer.groundAtSize(s).draw()
+    self.drawIcon(s)
+    if self.bgRenderer.shouldSplit:
+      # shadow needs to be composited, so it needs to be in an image
+      Image(self.bgRenderer.shadowAtSize(s)).blend()
+
+  def backgroundAtSize(self, s):
+    if not s in self.cache:
+      result = Surface(s, s)
+      context = Context(result)
+      self.drawAtSize(s)
+      context.done()
+      self.cache[s] = result
+    return self.cache[s]
+
+
+def splitGenericDocumentIcon(img, s):
+  """Takes the generic document icon and splits it into a background and a
+  shadow layer. For the 32x32 and 16x16 variants, the white pixels of the page
+  curl are hardcoded into the otherwise transparent shadow layer."""
+
+  w, h = s, s
+  r = img.surfaceOfSize(w, h)
+  bps = 4*w
+  data = r.data()
+
+  ground = Surface(w, h, premultiplyAlpha=False)
+  shadow = Surface(w, h, premultiplyAlpha=False)
+
+  grounddata = ground.data()
+  shadowdata = shadow.data()
+
+  for y in xrange(h):
+    for x in xrange(w):
+      idx = y*bps + 4*x
+      ia, ir, ig, ib = data[idx:idx + 4]
+      if ia != chr(255):
+        # buffer objects don't support slice assignment :-(
+        grounddata[idx] = ia
+        grounddata[idx + 1] = ir
+        grounddata[idx + 2] = ig
+        grounddata[idx + 3] = ib
+        shadowdata[idx] = chr(0)
+        shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(0)
+        shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(0)
+        shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(0)
+        continue
+
+      assert ir == ig == ib
+      grounddata[idx] = chr(255)
+      grounddata[idx + 1] = chr(255)
+      grounddata[idx + 2] = chr(255)
+      grounddata[idx + 3] = chr(255)
+      shadowdata[idx] = chr(255 - ord(ir))
+      shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(0)
+      shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(0)
+      shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(0)
+
+  # Special-case 16x16 and 32x32 cases: Make some pixels on the fold white.
+  # Ideally, I could make the fold whiteish in all variants, but I can't.
+  whitePix = { 16: [(10, 2), (10, 3), (11, 3), (10, 4), (11, 4), (12, 4)],
+               32: [(21, 4), (21, 5), (22, 5), (21, 6), (22, 6), (23, 6)]}
+  if (w, h) in [(16, 16), (32, 32)]:
+    for x, y in whitePix[w]:
+      idx = y*bps + 4*x
+      shadowdata[idx] = chr(255)
+      shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(255)
+      shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(255)
+      shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(255)
+
+  return ground, shadow
+
+
+class TextRenderer(object):
+
+  def __init__(self):
+    self.cache = {}
+
+  def attribsAtSize(self, s):
+    if s not in self.cache:
+      self.cache[s] = self._attribsAtSize(s)
+    return self.cache[s]
+
+  def centeredStyle(self):
+    style = NSMutableParagraphStyle.new()
+    style.setParagraphStyle_(NSParagraphStyle.defaultParagraphStyle())
+    style.setAlignment_(NSCenterTextAlignment)
+    return style
+
+  def _attribsAtSize(self, s):
+    # This looks not exactly like the font on Preview.app's document icons,
+    # but I believe that's because Preview's icons are drawn by Photoshop,
+    # and Adobe's font rendering is different from Apple's.
+    fontname = 'LucidaGrande-Bold'
+
+    # Prepare text format
+    fontsizes = { 512: 72.0,  256: 36.0,  128: 18.0,  32: 7.0,  16: 3.0 }
+    # http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/AttributedStrings/Articles/standardAttributes.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40004903
+    attribs = {
+      NSParagraphStyleAttributeName: self.centeredStyle(),
+      NSForegroundColorAttributeName: NSColor.colorWithDeviceWhite_alpha_(
+          0.34, 1),
+      NSFontAttributeName: NSFont.fontWithName_size_(fontname, fontsizes[s])
+    }
+
+    # tighten font a bit for some sizes
+    if s in [256, 512]:
+      attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = -1.0
+    elif s == 32:
+      attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = -0.25
+
+    if not attribs[NSFontAttributeName]:
+      raise Exception('Failed to load font %s' % fontname)
+    return attribs
+
+  def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
+    """Draws text `s` into the current context of size `s`."""
+
+    textRects = {
+        512: ((0, 7), (512, 119)),
+        128: ((0, 6), (128, 26.5)),
+        256: ((0, 7), (256, 57)),
+         16: ((1, 1), (15, 5)),
+         #32: ((1, 1), (31, 9))
+        }
+
+    attribs = self.attribsAtSize(s)
+    text = NSString.stringWithString_(text)
+    if s in [16, 128, 256, 512]:
+      text.drawInRect_withAttributes_(textRects[s], attribs)
+    elif s == 32:
+      # Try to align text on pixel boundary:
+      attribs = attribs.copy()
+      attribs[NSParagraphStyleAttributeName] = \
+          NSParagraphStyle.defaultParagraphStyle()
+      ts = text.sizeWithAttributes_(attribs)
+      text.drawAtPoint_withAttributes_( (math.floor((32.0-ts[0])/2) + 0.5, 1.5),
+          attribs)
+
+
+class OfficeTextRenderer(TextRenderer):
+  """Uses Office's LucidaSans font for 32x32.
+
+  This font looks much better for certain strings (e.g. "PDF") but much worse
+  for most others (e.g. "VIM", "JAVA") -- and office fonts are usually not
+  installed. Hence, this class is better not used.
+  """
+
+  def _attribsAtSize(self, s):
+    self.useOfficeFont = False
+    attribs = TextRenderer._attribsAtSize(self, s)
+    if s == 32:
+      font = NSFont.fontWithName_size_('LucidaSans-Demi', 7.0)
+      if font:
+        attribs[NSFontAttributeName] = font
+        attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = 0
+        self.useOfficeFont = True
+    return attribs
+
+  def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
+    attribs = self.attribsAtSize(s)
+    if not self.useOfficeFont or s != 32:
+      TextRenderer.drawTextAtSize(self, text, s)
+      return
+    text = NSString.stringWithString_(text)
+    text.drawInRect_withAttributes_( ((0, 1), (31, 11)), attribs)
+
+
+def createIcon(s, bg, textRenderer, text):
+
+  # Fill in background
+  output = bg.backgroundAtSize(s).copy()
+
+  # Draw text on top of shadow
+  context = Context(output)
+  if s in text and text[s]:
+    textRenderer.drawTextAtSize(text[s], s)
+  context.done()
+
+  return output
+
+
+def textDictFromTextList(l):
+  assert 1 <= len(l) <= 3
+  if len(l) == 1:
+    return dict.fromkeys([16, 32, 128, 256, 512], l[0])
+  elif len(l) == 2:
+    return dict(zip([16, 32], 2*[l[1]]) + zip((128, 256, 512), 3*[l[0]]))
+  elif len(l) == 3:
+    return dict([(16, l[2]), (32, l[1])] + zip((128, 256, 512), 3*[l[0]]))
+
+
+def saveIcns(icons, icnsName, makeIcns='./makeicns'):
+  """Creates an icns file with several variants.
+
+  Params:
+    icons: A dict that contains icon size as key and Surface as value.
+           Valid keys are 512, 256, 128, 32, 16
+    icnsname: Name of the output file
+  """
+  # If IconFamily was less buggy, we could wrap it into a python module and
+  # call it directly, which is about a lot faster. However, IconFamily does not
+  # work with NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat correctly, so this has to
+  # wait.
+  #import IconFamily
+  #typeDict = {
+      #16: IconFamily.kSmall32BitData,
+      #32: IconFamily.kLarge32BitData,
+      #128: IconFamily.kThumbnail32BitData,
+      #256: IconFamily.kIconServices256PixelDataARGB,
+      #512: IconFamily.IconServices512PixelDataARGB,
+  #}
+  #maskDict = {
+      #16: IconFamily.kSmall8BitMask,
+      #32: IconFamily.kLarge8BitMask,
+      #128: IconFamily.kThumbnail8BitMask,
+  #}
+  #output = IconFamily.IconFamily.iconFamily()
+  #for s, icon in icons.items():
+    #output.setIconFamilyElement_fromBitmapImageRep_(typeDict[s], icon.bitmapRep)
+    #if s in maskDict:
+      #output.setIconFamilyElement_fromBitmapImageRep_(
+          #maskDict[s], icon.bitmapRep)
+  #output.writeToFile_(icnsName)
+  TMPFILE = 'docerator_tmp_%d.png'
+  try:
+    args = []
+    for s, icon in icons.items():
+      assert s in [512, 256, 128, 32, 16]
+      assert icon.size() == [s, s]
+      icon.save(TMPFILE % s)
+      args.append('-%d %s' % (s, TMPFILE % s))
+    return \
+        os.system('%s %s -out %s' % (makeIcns, ' '.join(args), icnsName)) == 0
+  finally:
+    for s in icons:
+      if os.access(TMPFILE % s, os.F_OK):
+        os.remove(TMPFILE % s)
+
+
+def getOutname(options):
+  def saneBasename(p):
+    """ '/my/path/to/file.txt' -> 'file' """
+    return os.path.splitext(os.path.basename(p))[0]
+  textPart = 'Generic'
+  if options.text:
+    textPart = options.text.split(',')[0]
+  if options.appicon:
+    base = saneBasename(options.appicon)
+  else:
+    base = saneBasename(getBgName(options))
+  return '%s-%s.icns' % (base, textPart)
+
+
+def cachedImage(filename):
+  absPath = os.path.abspath(filename)
+  if not absPath in imageCache:
+    imageCache[absPath] = Image(absPath)
+  return imageCache[absPath]
+
+
+def cachedBackground(img, split):
+  key = (img, split)
+  if not key in bgCache:
+    bgCache[key] = SplittableBackground(img, shouldSplit=split)
+  return bgCache[key]
+
+
+# taken from running flow on preview
+defaultRects = {
+    16: (-0.30890000000000001, 0.4919, -1.2968, 0.4743),
+    32: (-0.27810000000000001,
+      0.58930000000000005,
+      -2.2292999999999998,
+      0.57140000000000002),
+    128: (1.1774, 0.56820000000000004, -0.8246, 0.56799999999999995),
+    256: (0.5917, 0.56489999999999996, -1.8994, 0.56499999999999995),
+    512: (0.68700000000000006,
+      0.56530000000000002,
+      -4.2813999999999997,
+      0.56540000000000001)
+    }
+
+
+def getBgName(options):
+  if not hasattr(options, 'background') \
+      or options.background in ['default-split', 'default-unsplit']:
+    return DEFAULT_BACKGROUND
+  else:
+    return options.background
+
+
+class IconGenerator(object):
+  def __init__(self, options):
+    if hasattr(options, 'textrenderer') and options.textrenderer:
+      self.textRenderer = options.textrenderer()
+    else:
+      self.textRenderer = TextRenderer()
+    
+    # Prepare input images
+    splitBackground = options.background == 'default-split'
+    self.bgIcon = cachedImage(getBgName(options))
+
+    self.testIcon = None
+    if options.appicon:
+      self.testIcon = cachedImage(options.appicon)
+
+    rects = defaultRects.copy()
+    rects[16] = [ 0.0000, 0.5000, -1.0000, 0.5000]  # manually, better
+    if hasattr(options, 'rects'):
+      rects.update(options.rects)
+
+    bg = cachedBackground(self.bgIcon, splitBackground)
+
+    if hasattr(options, 'backgroundrenderer') and options.backgroundrenderer:
+      self.bgRenderer = options.backgroundrenderer(bg, self.testIcon, rects)
+    else:
+      self.bgRenderer = BackgroundRenderer(bg, self.testIcon, rects)
+
+    self.testtext = textDictFromTextList(options.text.split(','))
+
+  def createIconAtSize(self, s):
+    return createIcon(s, self.bgRenderer, self.textRenderer, self.testtext)
+
+
+def iconGenerator(**kwargs):
+  return IconGenerator(optsFromDict(**kwargs))
+
+
+def makedocicon_opts(options):
+  renderer = IconGenerator(options)
+
+  if hasattr(options, 'sizes') and options.sizes:
+    if isinstance(options.sizes, list):
+      sizes = options.sizes
+    else:
+      sizes = map(int, options.sizes.split(','))
+  else:
+    sizes = renderer.bgIcon.sizes()
+    if renderer.testIcon:
+      sizes = sizes.intersection(renderer.testIcon.sizes())
+    sizes = sorted(map(operator.itemgetter(0), sizes))
+
+  icons = dict([(s, renderer.createIconAtSize(s)) for s in sizes])
+
+  if options.debug:
+    for s, icon in icons.iteritems():
+      icon.save(options.debug % s)
+
+  if hasattr(options, 'outname') and options.outname:
+    outname = options.outname
+  else:
+    outname = getOutname(options)
+  if saveIcns(icons, outname, options.makeicns):
+    print 'Wrote', outname
+  else:
+    print 'Failed to write %s. Make sure makeicns is in your path.' % outname
+
+
+def optsFromDict(**kwargs):
+  options, _ = getopts().parse_args([])  # get default options
+  for k in kwargs:
+    setattr(options, k, kwargs[k])
+  return options
+
+
+def makedocicon(**kwargs):
+  makedocicon_opts(optsFromDict(**kwargs))
+
+
+def makedocicons_opts(options):
+  if not hasattr(options, 'text') or not options.text:
+    options.text = ['']
+  texts = options.text
+  for text in texts:
+    options.text = text
+    makedocicon_opts(options)
+
+
+def makedocicons(**kwargs):
+  makedocicons_opts(optsFromDict(**kwargs))
+
+
+def getopts():
+  parser = OptionParser(usage='%prog [options]', version='%prog 1.01')
+  parser.add_option('--background', '--bg', default='default-split',
+      help='Used as background (special values: "default-split" (default), ' \
+          '"default-unsplit").')
+  parser.add_option('--appicon', help='App icon, defaults to no icon.')
+
+  parser.add_option('--text', help='Text on icon. Defaults to empty. '
+      'More than one text is supported, multiple docicons are generated in '
+      'that case.', action='append')
+  parser.add_option('--sizes', help='Sizes of icons. ' \
+      'Defaults to all sizes available in input appicon. Example: "512,128,16"')
+  # XXX(Nico): This has to go
+  parser.add_option('--debug', help='If set, write out pngs for all variants.' \
+      ' This needs to look like "debug%d.png".')
+  # XXX(Nico): This has to go once IconFamily is less buggy and can be used
+  # directly
+  parser.add_option('--makeicns', help='Path to makeicns binary',
+      default='./makeicns')
+  return parser
+
+
+def main():
+  options, args = getopts().parse_args()
+  makedocicons_opts(options)
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+  main()
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+import docerator
+import unittest
+
+
+class TextDictFromTextListTest(unittest.TestCase):
+
+  def testBasic(self):
+
+    self.assertEquals({16: 'a', 32: 'a', 128: 'a', 256: 'a', 512: 'a'},
+        docerator.textDictFromTextList(['a']))
+    self.assertEquals({16: 'b', 32: 'b', 128: 'a', 256: 'a', 512: 'a'},
+        docerator.textDictFromTextList(['a', 'b']))
+    self.assertEquals({16: 'c', 32: 'b', 128: 'a', 256: 'a', 512: 'a'},
+        docerator.textDictFromTextList(['a', 'b', 'c']))
+
+
+class OutnameTest(unittest.TestCase):
+
+  class FakeOptions(object):
+    def __init__(self, **kwargs):
+      for k in kwargs:
+        self.__setattr__(k, kwargs[k])
+
+  def testBasic(self):
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(
+        appicon = '/Applications/iTunes.app/Contents/Resources/iTunes.icns',
+        text='MP3')
+    self.assertEquals('iTunes-MP3.icns', docerator.getOutname(options))
+
+  def testTextList(self):
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(
+        appicon = '/Applications/iTunes.app/Contents/Resources/iTunes.icns',
+        text='PYTHON,PY')
+    self.assertEquals('iTunes-PYTHON.icns',
+        docerator.getOutname(options))
+
+  def testEmptyText(self):
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(
+        appicon = '/Applications/iTunes.app/Contents/Resources/iTunes.icns',
+        text='')
+    self.assertEquals('iTunes-Generic.icns', docerator.getOutname(options))
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(
+        appicon = '/Applications/iTunes.app/Contents/Resources/iTunes.icns',
+        text=None)
+    self.assertEquals('iTunes-Generic.icns',
+        docerator.getOutname(options))
+
+  def testEmptyIcon(self):
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(appicon=None, text='MP3')
+    self.assertEquals('GenericDocumentIcon-MP3.icns',
+        docerator.getOutname(options))
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(appicon=None, text='')
+    self.assertEquals('GenericDocumentIcon-Generic.icns',
+        docerator.getOutname(options))
+    options = OutnameTest.FakeOptions(appicon=None, text='',
+        background='/Applications/Bla/bgicon.icns')
+    self.assertEquals('bgicon-Generic.icns',
+        docerator.getOutname(options))
+
+
+# XXX(Nico): Look at the doctest module.
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+  unittest.main()
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+// A small python module that registers a font with ATS, given the name of
+// the font.
+
+#include <Python/Python.h>
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>
+
+static PyObject* loadfont(PyObject* self, PyObject* args) {
+  PyObject*   result = Py_False;
+  const char* path = NULL;
+  int         ok = PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &path);
+
+  if (ok) {
+    CFStringRef componentPath = CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+        path, kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
+    CFURLRef componentURL = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+        componentPath, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle, false);
+    FSRef fsref;
+
+    if (CFURLGetFSRef(componentURL, &fsref)) {
+      OSStatus err = noErr;
+      ATSFontContainerRef fontContainerRef;  // we don't deactivate the font
+#if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4)
+      err = ATSFontActivateFromFileReference(&fsref,
+          kATSFontContextLocal, kATSFontFormatUnspecified, NULL,
+          kATSOptionFlagsDefault, &fontContainerRef);
+#else
+      FSSpec fsSpec;
+      FSRef  fsRef;
+      if ((err = FSGetCatalogInfo(
+              &fsRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &fsSpec, NULL)) == noErr) {
+        err = ATSFontActivateFromFileSpecification(&fsSpec,
+            kATSFontContextLocal, kATSFontFormatUnspecified, NULL,
+            kATSOptionFlagsDefault, &fontContainerRef);
+      }
+
+#endif
+
+      if (err == noErr) {
+        result = Py_True;
+      }
+    }
+    CFRelease(componentURL);
+    CFRelease(componentPath);       
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+static PyMethodDef LoadfontMethods[] = {
+  { "loadfont", loadfont, METH_VARARGS, "Locally activates font from file." },
+  { NULL, NULL, 0, NULL }
+};
+
+PyMODINIT_FUNC initloadfont(void) {
+  Py_InitModule("loadfont", LoadfontMethods);
+}
@@ -1,30 +1,51 @@
-# Creates a document icon from an app icon and an optional text.
-
-# The font is not quite right, use this script to create a document icon
-# for 'PDF' and compare the D with the D in Preview's pdf.icns
+# Creates all of MacVim document icons.

 # http://www.macresearch.org/cocoa-scientists-part-xx-python-scriptersmeet-cocoa
 try:
-  from Foundation import *
+  # Make us independent of sysprefs->appearance->antialias fonts smaller than...
+  # Needs to happen before docerator is imported.
+  from AppKit import NSUserDefaults
+  prefs = NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults()
+  prefs.setInteger_forKey_(4, 'AppleAntiAliasingThreshold')
+
+  import docerator
+
+  # Load Envy Code R from a file and register it under its postscript name
+  # Thanks to DamienG for this font (redistributed with permission):
+  # http://damieng.com/blog/2008/05/26/envy-code-r-preview-7-coding-font-released
+  import loadfont
+  loadfont.loadfont('Envy Code R Bold.ttf')
+
+  from Foundation import NSString
  from AppKit import *
+
  dont_create = False
 except:
  dont_create = True  # most likely because we're on tiger

-import math
 import os
 import sys

+
 # icon types
 LARGE = 0  # 512, 128, 32, 16; about 96kB
 SMALL = 1  # 128, 32, 16; about 36kB
 LINK = 2  # Create link to generic icon; 4kB (== smallest block size on HFS+)

-# path to makeicns binary
+iconsizes = {
+    SMALL: [128, 32, 16],
+    LARGE: [512, 128, 32, 16],
+}
+
+
+# Resources
 MAKEICNS = 'makeicns/makeicns'
+APPICON = 'vim-noshadow-512.png'
+DEFAULT_BACKGROUND = '/System/Library/CoreServices/CoreTypes.bundle/' + \
+    'Contents/Resources/GenericDocumentIcon.icns'
+

 # List of icons to create
-# XXX: 32x32 variants only support 3-4 letters of text
 GENERIC_ICON_NAME = 'MacVim-generic'
 vimIcons = {
    GENERIC_ICON_NAME: [u'', LARGE],
@@ -35,19 +56,19 @@ vimIcons = {
    'MacVim-c': [u'C', SMALL],
    'MacVim-m': [u'M', SMALL],
    'MacVim-mm': [u'MM', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-cpp': [u'C\uff0b\uff0b', SMALL],  # fullwidth plusses
+    'MacVim-cpp': [u'C\uff0b\uff0b,C++,C++', SMALL],  # fullwidth plusses
    'MacVim-java': [u'JAVA', SMALL],
    'MacVim-f': [u'FTRAN', SMALL],
    'MacVim-html': [u'HTML', SMALL],
    'MacVim-xml': [u'XML', SMALL],
    'MacVim-js': [u'JS', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-perl': [u'PERL', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-py': [u'PYTHON', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-perl': [u'PERL,PL', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-py': [u'PYTHON,PY', SMALL],
    'MacVim-php': [u'PHP', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-rb': [u'RUBY', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-rb': [u'RUBY,RB', SMALL],
    'MacVim-bash': [u'SH', SMALL],
    'MacVim-patch': [u'DIFF', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-applescript': [u'\uf8ffSCPT', SMALL],  # apple sign
+    'MacVim-applescript': [u'\uf8ffSCPT,\uf8ffS', SMALL],  # apple sign
    'MacVim-as': [u'FLASH', LINK],
    'MacVim-asp': [u'ASP', LINK],
    'MacVim-bib': [u'BIB', LINK],
@@ -60,8 +81,8 @@ vimIcons = {
    'MacVim-css': [u'CSS', SMALL],
    'MacVim-dtd': [u'DTD', LINK],
    'MacVim-dylan': [u'DYLAN', LINK],
-    'MacVim-erl': [u'ERLANG', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-fscript': [u'FSCPT', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-erl': [u'ERLANG,ERL', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-fscript': [u'FSCPT,FSCR,FS', SMALL],
    'MacVim-hs': [u'HS', SMALL],
    'MacVim-inc': [u'INC', LINK],
    'MacVim-ics': [u'ICS', SMALL],
@@ -70,386 +91,21 @@ vimIcons = {
    'MacVim-bsh': [u'BSH', LINK],
    'MacVim-properties': [u'PROP', LINK],
    'MacVim-jsp': [u'JSP', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-lisp': [u'LISP', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-lisp': [u'LISP,LISP,LSP', SMALL],
    'MacVim-log': [u'LOG', SMALL],
    'MacVim-wiki': [u'WIKI', SMALL],
    'MacVim-ps': [u'PS', LINK],
    #'MacVim-plist': [u'PLIST', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-sch': [u'SCHEME', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-sch': [u'SCHEME,SCM', SMALL],
    'MacVim-sql': [u'SQL', SMALL],
    'MacVim-tcl': [u'TCL', SMALL],
    'MacVim-xsl': [u'XSL', LINK],
-    'MacVim-vcf': [u'VCARD', SMALL],
-    'MacVim-vb': [u'VBASIC', LINK],
-    'MacVim-yaml': [u'YAML', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-vcf': [u'VCARD,VCF', SMALL],
+    'MacVim-vb': [u'VBASIC,VB', LINK],
+    'MacVim-yaml': [u'YAML,YAML,YML', SMALL],
    'MacVim-gtd': [u'GTD', LINK],
 }

-shorttext = {
-    u'MacVim-py': u'PY',
-    u'MacVim-rb': u'RB',
-    u'MacVim-perl': u'PL',
-    u'MacVim-applescript': u'\uf8ffS',
-    u'MacVim-erl': u'ERL',
-    u'MacVim-fscript': u'FSCR',
-    u'MacVim-sch': u'SCM',
-    u'MacVim-vcf': u'VCF',
-    u'MacVim-vb': u'VB',
-}
-
-
-# Resources
-BACKGROUND = '/System/Library/CoreServices/CoreTypes.bundle/' + \
-    'Contents/Resources/GenericDocumentIcon.icns'  # might require leopard?
-APPICON = 'vim-noshadow-512.png'
-#APPICON = 'vim-noshadow-no-v-512.png'
-
-class Surface(object):
-  """Represents a simple bitmapped image."""
-
-  def __init__(self, *p, **kw):
-    if not 'premultiplyAlpha' in kw:
-      kw['premultiplyAlpha'] = True
-    if len(p) == 1 and isinstance(p[0], NSBitmapImageRep):
-      self.bitmapRep = p[0]
-    elif len(p) == 2 and isinstance(p[0], int) and isinstance(p[1], int):
-      format = NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat
-      if not kw['premultiplyAlpha']:
-        format += NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat
-      self.bitmapRep = NSBitmapImageRep.alloc().initWithBitmapDataPlanes_pixelsWide_pixelsHigh_bitsPerSample_samplesPerPixel_hasAlpha_isPlanar_colorSpaceName_bitmapFormat_bytesPerRow_bitsPerPixel_(
-          None, p[0], p[1], 8, 4, True, False, NSDeviceRGBColorSpace,
-          format, 0, 0)
-
-    if not hasattr(self, 'bitmapRep') or not self.bitmapRep:
-      raise Exception('Failed to create surface: ' + str(p))
-
-  def size(self):
-    return map(int, self.bitmapRep.size())  # cocoa returns floats. cocoa ftw
-
-  def data(self):
-    """Returns data in ARGB order (on intel, at least)."""
-    r = self.bitmapRep
-    if r.bitmapFormat() != (NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat |
-          NSAlphaFirstBitmapFormat) or \
-        r.bitsPerPixel() != 32 or \
-        r.isPlanar() or \
-        r.samplesPerPixel() != 4:
-      raise Exception("Unsupported image format")
-    return self.bitmapRep.bitmapData()
-
-  def save(self, filename):
-    """Saves image as png file."""
-    self.bitmapRep.representationUsingType_properties_(NSPNGFileType, None) \
-        .writeToFile_atomically_(filename, True)
-
-  def draw(self):
-    self.bitmapRep.draw()
-
-  def context(self):
-    # Note: Cocoa only supports contexts with premultiplied alpha
-    return NSGraphicsContext.graphicsContextWithBitmapImageRep_(self.bitmapRep)
-
-  def copy(self):
-    return Surface(self.bitmapRep.copy())
-
-
-class Image(object):
-  """Represents an image that can consist of several Surfaces."""
-
-  def __init__(self, param):
-    if isinstance(param, str):
-      self.image = NSImage.alloc().initWithContentsOfFile_(param)
-    elif isinstance(param, Surface):
-      self.image = NSImage.alloc().initWithSize_( param.size() )
-      self.image.addRepresentation_(param.bitmapRep)
-
-    if not self.image:
-      raise Exception('Failed to load image: ' + str(filename))
-
-  def surfaceOfSize(self, w, h):
-    """Returns an ARGB, non-premultiplied surface of size w*h or throws."""
-    r = None
-    for rep in self.image.representations():
-      if map(int, rep.size()) == [w, h]:
-        r = rep
-        break
-    if not r:
-      raise Exception('Unsupported size %dx%d', w, h)
-    return Surface(r)
-
-  def blend(self):
-    self.compositeInRect( ((0, 0), self.image.size()) )
-
-  def compositeInRect(self, r, mode=NSCompositeSourceOver):
-    self.image.drawInRect_fromRect_operation_fraction_(r, NSZeroRect,
-        mode, 1.0)
-
-
-class Context(object):
-  # Tiger has only Python2.3, so we can't use __enter__ / __exit__ for this :-(
-
-  def __init__(self, surface):
-    NSGraphicsContext.saveGraphicsState()
-    c = surface.context()
-    c.setShouldAntialias_(True);
-    c.setImageInterpolation_(NSImageInterpolationHigh);
-    NSGraphicsContext.setCurrentContext_(c)
-
-  def done(self):
-    NSGraphicsContext.restoreGraphicsState()
-
-
-class SplittableBackground(object):
-
-  def __init__(self, unsplitted, shouldSplit=True):
-    self.unsplitted = unsplitted
-    self.shouldSplit = shouldSplit
-    self.ground = {}
-    self.shadow = {}
-
-  def rawGroundAtSize(self, s):
-    return self.unsplitted.surfaceOfSize(s, s)
-
-  def groundAtSize(self, s):
-    if not self.shouldSplit:
-      return self.rawGroundAtSize(s)
-    self._performSplit(s)
-    return self.ground[s]
-
-  def shadowAtSize(self, s):
-    if not self.shouldSplit:
-      return None
-    self._performSplit(s)
-    return self.shadow[s]
-
-  def _performSplit(self, s):
-    if s in self.ground:
-      assert s in self.shadow
-      return
-    assert s not in self.shadow
-    ground, shadow = splitGenericDocumentIcon(self.unsplitted, s)
-    self.ground[s] = ground
-    self.shadow[s] = shadow
-
-
-class BackgroundRenderer(object):
-
-  def __init__(self, bg, icon=None):
-    self.bgRenderer = bg
-    self.icon = icon
-    self.cache = {}
-
-  def drawIcon(self, s):
-    if not self.icon:
-      return
-    # found by flow program, better than anything i came up with manually before
-    # (except for the 16x16 variant :-( )
-    transforms = {
-        512: [ 0.7049, 0.5653, -4.2432, 0.5656],
-        256: [ 0.5690, 0.5658, -1.9331, 0.5656],
-        128: [ 1.1461, 0.5684, -0.8482, 0.5681],
-
-         32: [-0.2682, 0.5895, -2.2130, 0.5701],  # intensity
-         #32: [-0.2731, 0.5898, -2.2262, 0.5729],  # rgb (no rmse difference)
-
-         #16: [-0.3033, 0.4909, -1.3235, 0.4790],  # program, intensity
-         #16: [-0.3087, 0.4920, -1.2990, 0.4750],  # program, rgb mode
-         16: [ 0.0000, 0.5000, -1.0000, 0.5000],  # manually, better
-        }
-
-    assert s in [16, 32, 128, 256, 512]
-    a = transforms[s]
-
-    # convert from `flow` coords to cocoa
-    a[2] = -a[2]  # mirror y
-
-    w, h = s*a[1], s*a[3]
-    self.icon.compositeInRect( (((s-w)/2 + a[0], (s-h)/2 + a[2]), (w, h)) )
-
-  def drawAtSize(self, s):
-    self.bgRenderer.groundAtSize(s).draw()
-    self.drawIcon(s)
-    if self.bgRenderer.shouldSplit:
-      # shadow needs to be composited, so it needs to be in an image
-      Image(self.bgRenderer.shadowAtSize(s)).blend()
-
-  def backgroundAtSize(self, s):
-    if not s in self.cache:
-      result = Surface(s, s)
-      context = Context(result)
-      self.drawAtSize(s)
-      context.done()
-      self.cache[s] = result
-    return self.cache[s]
-
-
-def splitGenericDocumentIcon(img, s):
-  """Takes the generic document icon and splits it into a background and a
-  shadow layer. For the 32x32 and 16x16 variants, the white pixels of the page
-  curl are hardcoded into the otherwise transparent shadow layer."""
-
-  w, h = s, s
-  r = img.surfaceOfSize(w, h)
-  bps = 4*w
-  data = r.data()
-
-  ground = Surface(w, h, premultiplyAlpha=False)
-  shadow = Surface(w, h, premultiplyAlpha=False)
-
-  grounddata = ground.data()
-  shadowdata = shadow.data()
-
-  for y in xrange(h):
-    for x in xrange(w):
-      idx = y*bps + 4*x
-      ia, ir, ig, ib = data[idx:idx + 4]
-      if ia != chr(255):
-        # buffer objects don't support slice assignment :-(
-        grounddata[idx] = ia
-        grounddata[idx + 1] = ir
-        grounddata[idx + 2] = ig
-        grounddata[idx + 3] = ib
-        shadowdata[idx] = chr(0)
-        shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(0)
-        shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(0)
-        shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(0)
-        continue
-
-      assert ir == ig == ib
-      grounddata[idx] = chr(255)
-      grounddata[idx + 1] = chr(255)
-      grounddata[idx + 2] = chr(255)
-      grounddata[idx + 3] = chr(255)
-      shadowdata[idx] = chr(255 - ord(ir))
-      shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(0)
-      shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(0)
-      shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(0)
-
-  # Special-case 16x16 and 32x32 cases: Make some pixels on the fold white.
-  # Ideally, I could make the fold whiteish in all variants, but I can't.
-  whitePix = { 16: [(10, 2), (10, 3), (11, 3), (10, 4), (11, 4), (12, 4)],
-               32: [(21, 4), (21, 5), (22, 5), (21, 6), (22, 6), (23, 6)]}
-  if (w, h) in [(16, 16), (32, 32)]:
-    for x, y in whitePix[w]:
-      idx = y*bps + 4*x
-      shadowdata[idx] = chr(255)
-      shadowdata[idx + 1] = chr(255)
-      shadowdata[idx + 2] = chr(255)
-      shadowdata[idx + 3] = chr(255)
-
-  return ground, shadow
-
-
-class TextRenderer(object):
-
-  def __init__(self):
-    self.cache = {}
-
-  def attribsAtSize(self, s):
-    if s not in self.cache:
-      self.cache[s] = self._attribsAtSize(s)
-    return self.cache[s]
-
-  def centeredStyle(self):
-    style = NSMutableParagraphStyle.new()
-    style.setParagraphStyle_(NSParagraphStyle.defaultParagraphStyle())
-    style.setAlignment_(NSCenterTextAlignment)
-    return style
-
-  def _attribsAtSize(self, s):
-    # This looks not exactly like the font on Preview.app's document icons,
-    # but I believe that's because Preview's icons are drawn by Photoshop,
-    # and Adobe's font rendering is different from Apple's.
-    fontname = 'LucidaGrande-Bold'
-
-    # Prepare text format
-    fontsizes = { 512: 72.0,  256: 36.0,  128: 18.0,  32: 7.0,  16: 3.0 }
-    # http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/AttributedStrings/Articles/standardAttributes.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40004903
-    attribs = {
-      NSParagraphStyleAttributeName: self.centeredStyle(),
-      NSForegroundColorAttributeName: NSColor.colorWithDeviceWhite_alpha_(
-          0.34, 1),
-      NSFontAttributeName: NSFont.fontWithName_size_(fontname, fontsizes[s])
-    }
-
-    # tighten font a bit for some sizes
-    if s in [256, 512]:
-      attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = -1.0
-    elif s == 32:
-      attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = -0.25
-
-    if not attribs[NSFontAttributeName]:
-      raise Exception('Failed to load font %s' % fontname)
-    return attribs
-
-  def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
-    """Draws text `s` into the current context of size `s`."""
-
-    textRects = {
-        512: ((0, 7), (512, 119)),
-        128: ((0, 6), (128, 26.5)),
-        256: ((0, 7), (256, 57)),
-         16: ((1, 1), (15, 5)),
-         #32: ((1, 1), (31, 9))
-        }
-
-    attribs = self.attribsAtSize(s)
-    text = NSString.stringWithString_(text)
-    if s in [16, 128, 256, 512]:
-      text.drawInRect_withAttributes_(textRects[s], attribs)
-    elif s == 32:
-      # Try to align text on pixel boundary:
-      attribs = attribs.copy()
-      attribs[NSParagraphStyleAttributeName] = \
-          NSParagraphStyle.defaultParagraphStyle()
-      ts = text.sizeWithAttributes_(attribs)
-      text.drawAtPoint_withAttributes_( (math.floor((32.0-ts[0])/2) + 0.5, 1.5),
-          attribs)
-
-
-class OfficeTextRenderer(TextRenderer):
-  """Uses Office's LucidaSans font for 32x32.
-
-  This font looks much better for certain strings (e.g. "PDF") but much worse
-  for most others (e.g. "VIM", "JAVA") -- and office fonts are usually not
-  installed. Hence, this class is better not used.
-  """
-
-  def _attribsAtSize(self, s):
-    self.useOfficeFont = False
-    attribs = TextRenderer._attribsAtSize(self, s)
-    if s == 32:
-      font = NSFont.fontWithName_size_('LucidaSans-Demi', 7.0)
-      if font:
-        attribs[NSFontAttributeName] = font
-        attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = 0
-        self.useOfficeFont = True
-    return attribs
-
-  def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
-    attribs = self.attribsAtSize(s)
-    if not self.useOfficeFont or s != 32:
-      TextRenderer.drawTextAtSize(self, text, s)
-      return
-    text = NSString.stringWithString_(text)
-    text.drawInRect_withAttributes_( ((0, 1), (31, 11)), attribs)
-
-
-def createIcon(outname, s, bg, textRenderer, text, shorttext=None):
-
-  # Fill in background
-  output = bg.backgroundAtSize(s).copy()
-
-  # Draw text on top of shadow
-  context = Context(output)
-  if s in [16, 32] and shorttext:
-    text = shorttext
-  textRenderer.drawTextAtSize(text, s)
-  context.done()
-
-  # Save
-  output.save(outname)
-

 def createLinks(icons, target):
  assert len(icons) > 0
@@ -460,65 +116,75 @@ def createLinks(icons, target):
    os.symlink(target, icnsName)


-TMPFILE = 'make_icons_tmp_%d.png'
-sizes = [512, 128, 32, 16]
+if not dont_create:
+  # define a few classes to render custom 16x16 icons
+
+  class NoTextRenderer(docerator.TextRenderer):
+    def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
+      if s == 16: return  # No text at 16x16
+      docerator.TextRenderer.drawTextAtSize(self, text, s)
+
+  class NoIconRenderer(docerator.BackgroundRenderer):
+    def drawIcon(self, s):
+      if s == 16: return  # no "MacVim" icon on the sheet at 16x16
+      docerator.BackgroundRenderer.drawIcon(self, s)
+
+  class SmallTextRenderer(docerator.TextRenderer):
+    def _attribsAtSize(self, s):
+      attribs = docerator.TextRenderer._attribsAtSize(self, s)
+      if s == 16:
+        font = NSFont.fontWithName_size_('EnvyCodeR-Bold', 7.0)
+        assert font
+        attribs[NSFontAttributeName] = font
+        attribs[NSForegroundColorAttributeName] = \
+            NSColor.colorWithDeviceRed_green_blue_alpha_(
+                0/255.0, 82/255.0, 0/255.0, 1)
+      return attribs
+
+    def drawTextAtSize(self, text, s):
+      if s != 16:
+        docerator.TextRenderer.drawTextAtSize(self, text, s)
+        return
+      text = NSString.stringWithString_(text.lower()[0:3])  # at most 3 chars
+      attribs = self.attribsAtSize(s)
+      if len(text) <= 2:
+        attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = 0  # we have some space
+      else:
+        attribs[NSKernAttributeName] = -1  # we need all the room we can get
+      text.drawInRect_withAttributes_( ((1, 2), (15, 11)), attribs)
+
+
 def main():
+  if dont_create:
+    print "PyObjC not found, only using a stock icon for document icons."
+    # Can't use the constants from docerator in this case
+    import shutil
+    shutil.copyfile(DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, '%s.icns' % GENERIC_ICON_NAME)
+    createLinks([name for name in vimIcons if name != GENERIC_ICON_NAME],
+        '%s.icns' % GENERIC_ICON_NAME)
+    return
+
  srcdir = os.getcwd()
  if len(sys.argv) > 1:
    os.chdir(sys.argv[1])
  appIcon = os.path.join(srcdir, APPICON)
  makeIcns = os.path.join(srcdir, MAKEICNS)

-  if dont_create:
-    print "PyObjC not found, only using a stock icon for document icons."
-    import shutil
-    shutil.copyfile(BACKGROUND, '%s.icns' % GENERIC_ICON_NAME)
-    createLinks([name for name in vimIcons if name != GENERIC_ICON_NAME],
-        '%s.icns' % GENERIC_ICON_NAME)
-    return
-  # Make us not crash
-  # http://www.cocoabuilder.com/archive/message/cocoa/2008/8/6/214964
-  NSApplicationLoad()
-
-  textRenderer = TextRenderer()
-  #textRenderer = OfficeTextRenderer()
-
-  # Prepare input images
-  bgIcon = Image(BACKGROUND)
-
-  #bg = SplittableBackground(bgIcon, shouldSplit=False)
-  bg = SplittableBackground(bgIcon, shouldSplit=True)
-
-  icon = Image(appIcon)
-  bgRenderer = BackgroundRenderer(bg, icon)
-
-  if not os.access(makeIcns, os.X_OK):
-    print 'Cannot find makeicns at %s', makeIcns
-    return
-
  # create LARGE and SMALL icons first...
  for name, t in vimIcons.iteritems():
    text, size = t
    if size == LINK: continue
    print name
-    icnsName = '%s.icns' % name
-
-    if size == SMALL:
-      currSizes = [128, 32, 16]
-      args = '-128 %s -32 %s -16 %s' % (
-          TMPFILE % 128, TMPFILE % 32, TMPFILE % 16)
-    elif size == LARGE:
-      currSizes = [512, 128, 32, 16]
-      args = '-512 %s -128 %s -32 %s -16 %s' % (
-          TMPFILE % 512, TMPFILE % 128, TMPFILE % 32, TMPFILE % 16)
-
-    st = shorttext.get(name)
-    for s in currSizes:
-      createIcon(TMPFILE % s, s, bgRenderer, textRenderer, text, shorttext=st)
-
-    os.system('%s %s -out %s' % (makeIcns, args, icnsName))
-
-  del text, size, name, t
+    if name == GENERIC_ICON_NAME:
+      # The generic icon has no text; make the appicon a bit larger
+      docerator.makedocicon(outname='%s.icns' % name, appicon=appIcon,
+          text=text, sizes=iconsizes[size], makeicns=makeIcns,
+          textrenderer=NoTextRenderer, rects={16:(0.0, 0.5533, 0.0, 0.5533)})
+    else:
+      # For the other icons, leave out appicon and render text in Envy Code R
+      docerator.makedocicon(outname='%s.icns' % name, appicon=appIcon,
+          text=text, sizes=iconsizes[size], makeicns=makeIcns,
+          textrenderer=SmallTextRenderer, backgroundrenderer=NoIconRenderer)

  # ...create links later (to make sure the link targets exist)
  createLinks([name for (name, t) in vimIcons.items() if t[1] == LINK],
@@ -526,9 +192,4 @@ def main():


 if __name__ == '__main__':
-  try:
    main()
-  finally:
-    for s in sizes:
-      if os.access(TMPFILE % s, os.F_OK):
-        os.remove(TMPFILE % s)
@@ -54,9 +54,10 @@ void usage() {
 NSBitmapImageRep* getBitmapImageRepOfSize(NSImage* img, int size) {

  // Don't resample if it's not necessary
-  // XXX: Seems as if this creates problems in some situations, disable this
-  // for now.
 #if 0
+  // IconFamily does not work correctly with
+  // NSAlphaNonpremultipliedBitmapFormat images, so this has to stay disabled
+  // until IconFamily is fixed (if ever).
  NSEnumerator* e = [[img representations] objectEnumerator];
  NSImageRep* ir;
  while ((ir = [e nextObject])) {
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+from distutils.core import setup, Extension
+
+setup(name="loadfont", version="1.0",
+	ext_modules = [Extension("loadfont", ["loadfont.c"])])
+
@@ -40,6 +40,98 @@
    Sparkle supports updates in zip, tar, tbz, tgz, or dmg format.
    -->

+    <item>
+      <title>Snapshot 44 released</title>
+      <description><![CDATA[
+<h1>MacVim snapshot 44 released</h1>
+
+<p> Changes since snapshot 43:
+  <ul>
+      <li> The color table had many erroneous entries which have been corrected (Zvezdan Petkovic) </li>
+      <li> Ctrl+tab works again </li>
+      <li> Tab labels only show file tail by default to make them more legible (reset to default by adding "set guitablabel&" to .gvimrc) </li>
+      <li> The number of columns does not change on ":set go+=rT" </li>
+      <li> Fixed problems with view not maximizing when entering full-screen and the Dock was visible </li>
+      <li> Fix various problems related to having windows on a screen that got unplugged (fixes Issue 162) </li>
+      <li> Latest source code version and runtime files (e.g. the Python syntax file is fixed, fixes Issue 160) </li>
+  </ul>
+</p>
+      ]]></description>
+      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Mar 2009 16:56 CET</pubDate>
+      <enclosure type="application/octet-stream"
+        url="http://newmacvim.muskokamug.org/mirror/files/MacVim-snapshot-44.tbz"
+        length="8139075"
+        sparkle:version="44"
+        sparkle:shortVersionString="7.2"
+        />
+    </item>
+
+
+    <item>
+      <title>Snapshot 43 released</title>
+      <description><![CDATA[
+<h1>MacVim snapshot 43 released</h1>
+
+<p><b>The automatic updating feature is broken in snapshots 39 and 40.  If the automatic updating never finishes extracting then you are affected by this bug and will have to upgrade manually.  To do so, simply go to the <a href="http://code.google.com/p/macvim/wiki/Snapshot">Snapshot page</a> to download the latest version.</b></p>
+
+<p> Changes since snapshot 42:
+  <ul>
+    <li> Do inclusive search when opening files (Jonathon Mah) </li>
+    <li> Respect layout prefs when double-clicking an already open file </li>
+    <li> Fix two minor memory leaks </li>
+    <li> Ctrl-] works on German keyboard layout </li>
+    <li> The .viminfo file is written on Cmd-q </li>
+    <li> New 16x16 icons (Nico Weber) </li>
+    <li> Untitled window again opens on reopen event if requested in prefs </li>
+    <li> Fork earlier; fixes bug with 'autochdir', faster startup, "f" no longer supported in 'guioptions' </li>
+    <li> Some other minor bug fixes </li>
+    <li> Use latest runtime files and Vim patches </li>
+  </ul>
+</p>
+      ]]></description>
+      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2009 13:49 CET</pubDate>
+      <enclosure type="application/octet-stream"
+        url="http://newmacvim.muskokamug.org/mirror/files/MacVim-snapshot-43.tbz"
+        length="8136440"
+        sparkle:version="43"
+        sparkle:shortVersionString="7.2"
+        />
+    </item>
+
+
+    <item>
+      <title>Snapshot 42 released</title>
+      <description><![CDATA[
+<h1>MacVim snapshot 42 released</h1>
+
+<p><b>The automatic updating feature is broken in snapshots 39 and 40.  If the automatic updating never finishes extracting then you are affected by this bug and will have to upgrade manually.  To do so, simply go to the <a href="http://code.google.com/p/macvim/wiki/Snapshot">Snapshot page</a> to download the latest version.</b></p>
+
+<p> Changes since snapshot 40:
+  <ul>
+    <li> The menu bar behaves better when using full-screen and switching Spaces (Nico Weber) </li>
+    <li> Don't switch Spaces when using "mvim" on one Space and a MacVim window is open on another Space </li>
+    <li> Add user default to toggle the "add tab" button on the tabline (to disable, enter "defaults org.vim.MacVim MMShowAddTabButton 0" in Terminal) </li>
+    <li> Avoid the "Press ENTER..." prompt when dragging and dropping </li>
+    <li> Faster startup (and shutdown, but you're not likely to notice that unless you are me ;-) </li>
+    <li> Automatic updating works again </li>
+    <li> Possible to interrupt external commands (e.g. you can Ctrl-C during a lenghty :grep now) </li>
+    <li> The output from external commands is displayed "interactively" (i.e. you don't have to wait for the command to finish before any output is drawn; try ":!ls -l /usr/lib" and compare with snap 40 to see what I mean) </li>
+    <li> Cmd-. sends SIGINT (so that if a Vim process is stuck you should always be able to interrupt it with Cmd-. even if Ctrl-C doesn't work) </li>
+    <li> Fix crashing bug: e.g. with snap 40 if you go to the src/ folder of Vim and type ":grep a *.c" MacVim would crash </li>
+    <li> Toggle loading of default font with user default MMLoadDefaultFont </li>
+  </ul>
+</p>
+      ]]></description>
+      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Jan 2009 16:12 CET</pubDate>
+      <enclosure type="application/octet-stream"
+        url="http://newmacvim.muskokamug.org/mirror/files/MacVim-snapshot-42.tbz"
+        length="8131516"
+        sparkle:version="42"
+        sparkle:shortVersionString="7.2"
+        />
+    </item>
+
+
    <item>
      <title>Snapshot 40 released</title>
      <description><![CDATA[
@@ -354,6 +354,9 @@ MSVCVER = 9.0
 !if "$(_NMAKE_VER)" == "9.00.21022.08"
 MSVCVER = 9.0
 !endif
+!if "$(_NMAKE_VER)" == "9.00.30729.01"
+MSVCVER = 9.0
+!endif
 !endif

 # Abort bulding VIM if version of VC is unrecognised.
@@ -11565,6 +11565,67 @@ _ACEOF

 fi

+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working volatile" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working volatile... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_volatile+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+volatile int x;
+int * volatile y = (int *) 0;
+return !x && !y;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_c_volatile=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_c_volatile=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_volatile" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_volatile" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_c_volatile = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define volatile /**/
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
 { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mode_t" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking for mode_t... " >&6; }
 if test "${ac_cv_type_mode_t+set}" = set; then
@@ -437,10 +437,6 @@ close_buffer(win, buf, action)
 	return;
 #endif

-#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
-    if (usingNetbeans)
-	netbeans_file_closed(buf);
-#endif
 #ifdef FEAT_ODB_EDITOR
    odb_buffer_close(buf);
 #endif
@@ -643,6 +639,10 @@ free_buffer_stuff(buf, free_options)
 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
    buf_delete_signs(buf);		/* delete any signs */
 #endif
+#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
+    if (usingNetbeans)
+        netbeans_file_killed(buf);
+#endif
 #ifdef FEAT_LOCALMAP
    map_clear_int(buf, MAP_ALL_MODES, TRUE, FALSE);  /* clear local mappings */
    map_clear_int(buf, MAP_ALL_MODES, TRUE, TRUE);   /* clear local abbrevs */
@@ -819,9 +819,6 @@ do_bufdel(command, arg, addr_count, start_bnr, end_bnr, forceit)
    int		bnr;		/* buffer number */
    char_u	*p;

-#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
-    netbeansCloseFile = 1;
-#endif
    if (addr_count == 0)
    {
 	(void)do_buffer(command, DOBUF_CURRENT, FORWARD, 0, forceit);
@@ -916,9 +913,6 @@ do_bufdel(command, arg, addr_count, start_bnr, end_bnr, forceit)
 	}
    }

-#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
-    netbeansCloseFile = 0;
-#endif

    return errormsg;
 }
@@ -5114,7 +5108,8 @@ buf_spname(buf)
 	 */
 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win)
 	    if (win->w_buffer == buf)
-		break;
+		goto win_found;
+win_found:
 	if (win != NULL && win->w_llist_ref != NULL)
 	    return _("[Location List]");
 	else
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@
 /* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
 #undef const

+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef volatile
+
 /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
 #undef mode_t

@@ -2184,6 +2184,7 @@ fi
 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
 AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
 AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_VOLATILE
 AC_TYPE_MODE_T
 AC_TYPE_OFF_T
 AC_TYPE_PID_T
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 */

 /*
- * diff.c: code for diff'ing two or three buffers.
+ * diff.c: code for diff'ing two, three or four buffers.
 */

 #include "vim.h"
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ diff_buf_adjust(win)
 * Add a buffer to make diffs for.
 * Call this when a new buffer is being edited in the current window where
 * 'diff' is set.
- * Marks the current buffer as being part of the diff and requireing updating.
+ * Marks the current buffer as being part of the diff and requiring updating.
 * This must be done before any autocmd, because a command may use info
 * about the screen contents.
 */
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ ex_diffpatch(eap)
 	goto theend;

 #ifdef UNIX
-    /* Temporaraly chdir to /tmp, to avoid patching files in the current
+    /* Temporarily chdir to /tmp, to avoid patching files in the current
     * directory when the patch file contains more than one patch.  When we
     * have our own temp dir use that instead, it will be cleaned up when we
     * exit (any .rej files created).  Don't change directory if we can't
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ ex_diffoff(eap)

    for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
    {
-	if (wp == curwin || eap->forceit)
+	if (wp == curwin || (eap->forceit && wp->w_p_diff))
 	{
 	    /* Set 'diff', 'scrollbind' off and 'wrap' on. */
 	    wp->w_p_diff = FALSE;
@@ -2129,6 +2129,8 @@ ex_diffgetput(eap)
 	    EMSG2(_("E102: Can't find buffer \"%s\""), eap->arg);
 	    return;
 	}
+	if (buf == curbuf)
+	    return;		/* nothing to do */
 	idx_other = diff_buf_idx(buf);
 	if (idx_other == DB_COUNT)
 	{
@@ -147,6 +147,7 @@ static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
 static int  ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
+static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void));
 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
@@ -197,7 +198,8 @@ static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
 #endif
 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
-static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
+static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col));
+static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col));
 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
 #endif
@@ -1933,6 +1935,8 @@ truncate_spaces(line)
 /*
 * Backspace the cursor until the given column.  Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
 * modes correctly.  May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
+ * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
+ * character.
 */
    void
 backspace_until_column(col)
@@ -1942,13 +1946,50 @@ backspace_until_column(col)
    {
 	curwin->w_cursor.col--;
 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
-	    replace_do_bs();
-	else
-	    (void)del_char(FALSE);
+	    replace_do_bs(col);
+	else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
+	    break;
    }
 }
 #endif

+/*
+ * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
+ * Only matters when there are composing characters.
+ * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+   static int
+del_char_after_col(limit_col)
+    int limit_col;
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+    if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
+    {
+	int ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
+
+	/* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
+	 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
+	 * composing character. */
+	mb_adjust_cursor();
+	while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
+	{
+	    int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
+
+	    if (l == 0)  /* end of line */
+		break;
+	    curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
+	}
+	if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
+	    return FALSE;
+	del_bytes((long)(ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+	(void)del_char(FALSE);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
@@ -2418,7 +2459,7 @@ ins_compl_longest_match(match)
 	{
 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
 	    ins_compl_delete();
-	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);

 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
@@ -2470,7 +2511,7 @@ ins_compl_longest_match(match)
 	    *p = NUL;
 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
 	    ins_compl_delete();
-	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);

 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
@@ -3209,7 +3250,7 @@ ins_compl_new_leader()
 {
    ins_compl_del_pum();
    ins_compl_delete();
-    ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
    compl_used_match = FALSE;

    if (compl_started)
@@ -3263,6 +3304,20 @@ ins_compl_new_leader()
 	compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
 }

+/*
+ * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
+ * the cursor column.  Making sure it never goes below zero.
+ */
+    static int
+ins_compl_len()
+{
+    int off = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
+
+    if (off < 0)
+	return 0;
+    return off;
+}
+
 /*
 * Append one character to the match leader.  May reduce the number of
 * matches.
@@ -3621,10 +3676,9 @@ ins_compl_prep(c)
 	    {
 		ins_compl_delete();
 		if (compl_leader != NULL)
-		    ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+		    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
 		else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
-		    ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
-					  + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+		    ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
 		retval = TRUE;
 	    }

@@ -4187,7 +4241,7 @@ ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
 	}

 	/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
-	 * expansion added somenthing) */
+	 * expansion added something) */
 	if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
 	    found_new_match = OK;

@@ -4256,7 +4310,7 @@ ins_compl_delete()
    static void
 ins_compl_insert()
 {
-    ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+    ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
    if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
    else
@@ -4425,7 +4479,7 @@ ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
 	if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
 	    ins_compl_insert();
 	else
-	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
+	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
    }
    else
 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
@@ -4688,7 +4742,7 @@ ins_complete(c)
 		}
 		compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
 		/* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
-		 * have enough space?  just being paranoic */
+		 * have enough space?  just being paranoid */
 #define	MIN_SPACE 75
 		if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
 		{
@@ -7123,9 +7177,12 @@ replace_flush()
 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
 * and check for more characters to be put back
+ * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column.  Matters when
+ * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
 */
    static void
-replace_do_bs()
+replace_do_bs(limit_col)
+    int		limit_col;
 {
    int		cc;
 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
@@ -7153,7 +7210,7 @@ replace_do_bs()
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
 	if (has_mbyte)
 	{
-	    del_char(FALSE);
+	    (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
 		orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
@@ -7203,7 +7260,7 @@ replace_do_bs()
 	changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
    }
    else if (cc == 0)
-	(void)del_char(FALSE);
+	(void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
 }

 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
@@ -7646,9 +7703,7 @@ ins_reg()
     */
    ++no_mapping;
    regname = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
    LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
-#endif
    if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
    {
 	/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
@@ -7657,9 +7712,7 @@ ins_reg()
 	add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
 #endif
 	regname = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 	LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
-#endif
    }
    --no_mapping;

@@ -8150,7 +8203,7 @@ ins_ctrl_o()
 /*
 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
 * shiftwidth.	Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
- * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
+ * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
 * with vi.  But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
 */
@@ -8239,7 +8292,7 @@ ins_bs_one(vcolp)
 	 * Replace mode */
 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
 		|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
-	    replace_do_bs();
+	    replace_do_bs(-1);
    }
    else
 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
@@ -8556,7 +8609,7 @@ ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
-		replace_do_bs();
+		replace_do_bs(-1);
 	    else
 	    {
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -3928,7 +3928,7 @@ eval0(arg, rettv, nextcmd, evaluate)

 /*
 * Handle top level expression:
- *	expr1 ? expr0 : expr0
+ *	expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
 *
 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression.
 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression.
@@ -7918,9 +7918,9 @@ get_func_tv(name, len, rettv, arg, firstline, lastline, doesrange,
    else if (!aborting())
    {
 	if (argcount == MAX_FUNC_ARGS)
-	    emsg_funcname("E740: Too many arguments for function %s", name);
+	    emsg_funcname(N_("E740: Too many arguments for function %s"), name);
 	else
-	    emsg_funcname("E116: Invalid arguments for function %s", name);
+	    emsg_funcname(N_("E116: Invalid arguments for function %s"), name);
    }

    while (--argcount >= 0)
@@ -8153,6 +8153,7 @@ call_func(name, len, rettv, argcount, argvars, firstline, lastline,

 /*
 * Give an error message with a function name.  Handle <SNR> things.
+ * "ermsg" is to be passed without translation, use N_() instead of _().
 */
    static void
 emsg_funcname(ermsg, name)
@@ -19887,7 +19888,7 @@ ex_function(eap)
 		}
 	    }
 	    else
-		emsg_funcname("E123: Undefined function: %s", name);
+		emsg_funcname(N_("E123: Undefined function: %s"), name);
 	}
 	goto ret_free;
    }
@@ -19931,7 +19932,7 @@ ex_function(eap)
 						      : eval_isnamec(arg[j])))
 		++j;
 	    if (arg[j] != NUL)
-		emsg_funcname(_(e_invarg2), arg);
+		emsg_funcname((char *)e_invarg2, arg);
 	}
    }

@@ -20203,7 +20204,7 @@ ex_function(eap)
 	v = find_var(name, &ht);
 	if (v != NULL && v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FUNC)
 	{
-	    emsg_funcname("E707: Function name conflicts with variable: %s",
+	    emsg_funcname(N_("E707: Function name conflicts with variable: %s"),
 									name);
 	    goto erret;
 	}
@@ -20218,7 +20219,7 @@ ex_function(eap)
 	    }
 	    if (fp->uf_calls > 0)
 	    {
-		emsg_funcname("E127: Cannot redefine function %s: It is in use",
+		emsg_funcname(N_("E127: Cannot redefine function %s: It is in use"),
 									name);
 		goto erret;
 	    }
@@ -21497,7 +21498,7 @@ call_user_func(fp, argcount, argvars, rettv, firstline, lastline, selfdict)

 /*
 * Return TRUE if items in "fc" do not have "copyID".  That means they are not
- * referenced from anywyere.
+ * referenced from anywhere.
 */
    static int
 can_free_funccal(fc, copyID)
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ do_ascii(eap)
    exarg_T	*eap;
 {
    int		c;
+    int		cval;
    char	buf1[20];
    char	buf2[20];
    char_u	buf3[7];
@@ -75,6 +76,10 @@ do_ascii(eap)
    {
 	if (c == NL)	    /* NUL is stored as NL */
 	    c = NUL;
+	if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC)
+	    cval = NL;	    /* NL is stored as CR */
+	else
+	    cval = c;
 	if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' '
 #ifndef EBCDIC
 		    || c > '~'
@@ -94,7 +99,7 @@ do_ascii(eap)
 	    buf2[0] = NUL;
 	vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Octal %03o"),
-					   transchar(c), buf1, buf2, c, c, c);
+				  transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval);
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
 	if (enc_utf8)
 	    c = cc[ci++];
@@ -2412,8 +2417,8 @@ print_line(lnum, use_number, list)
 	cursor_on();		/* msg_start() switches it off */
 	out_flush();
 	silent_mode = save_silent;
-	info_message = FALSE;
    }
+    info_message = FALSE;
 }

 /*
@@ -2702,7 +2707,12 @@ do_write(eap)
 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
 	{
 	    if (retval == OK)
+	    {
 		curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE;
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
+		redraw_tabline = TRUE;
+#endif
+	    }
 	    /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
 	    DO_AUTOCHDIR
 	}
@@ -6531,6 +6541,7 @@ static sign_T	*first_sign = NULL;
 static int	last_sign_typenr = MAX_TYPENR;	/* is decremented */

 static void sign_list_defined __ARGS((sign_T *sp));
+static void sign_undefine __ARGS((sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev));

 /*
 * ":sign" command
@@ -6739,24 +6750,8 @@ ex_sign(eap)
 		/* ":sign list {name}" */
 		sign_list_defined(sp);
 	    else
-	    {
 		/* ":sign undefine {name}" */
-		vim_free(sp->sn_name);
-		vim_free(sp->sn_icon);
-#ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
-		if (sp->sn_image != NULL)
-		{
-		    out_flush();
-		    gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image);
-		}
-#endif
-		vim_free(sp->sn_text);
-		if (sp_prev == NULL)
-		    first_sign = sp->sn_next;
-		else
-		    sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next;
-		vim_free(sp);
-	    }
+		sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev);
 	}
    }
    else
@@ -7004,6 +6999,31 @@ sign_list_defined(sp)
    }
 }

+/*
+ * Undefine a sign and free its memory.
+ */
+    static void
+sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev)
+    sign_T	*sp;
+    sign_T	*sp_prev;
+{
+    vim_free(sp->sn_name);
+    vim_free(sp->sn_icon);
+#ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
+    if (sp->sn_image != NULL)
+    {
+	out_flush();
+	gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image);
+    }
+#endif
+    vim_free(sp->sn_text);
+    if (sp_prev == NULL)
+	first_sign = sp->sn_next;
+    else
+	sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next;
+    vim_free(sp);
+}
+
 /*
 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr".
 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl.
@@ -7078,6 +7098,18 @@ sign_typenr2name(typenr)
    return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]");
 }

+#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Undefine/free all signs.
+ */
+    void
+free_signs()
+{
+    while (first_sign != NULL)
+	sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
 #endif

 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO)
@@ -2915,6 +2915,7 @@ do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)
    linenr_T		    save_sourcing_lnum;
    char_u		    *p;
    char_u		    *fname_exp;
+    char_u		    *firstline = NULL;
    int			    retval = FAIL;
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    scid_T		    save_current_SID;
@@ -3065,23 +3066,6 @@ do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)

    cookie.level = ex_nesting_level;
 #endif
-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    cookie.conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;		/* no conversion */
-
-    /* Try reading the first few bytes to check for a UTF-8 BOM. */
-    {
-	char_u	    buf[3];
-
-	if (fread((char *)buf, sizeof(char_u), (size_t)3, cookie.fp)
-								  == (size_t)3
-		&& buf[0] == 0xef && buf[1] == 0xbb && buf[2] == 0xbf)
-	    /* Found BOM, setup conversion and skip over it. */
-	    convert_setup(&cookie.conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
-	else
-	    /* No BOM found, rewind. */
-	    fseek(cookie.fp, 0L, SEEK_SET);
-    }
-#endif

    /*
     * Keep the sourcing name/lnum, for recursive calls.
@@ -3091,6 +3075,27 @@ do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)
    save_sourcing_lnum = sourcing_lnum;
    sourcing_lnum = 0;

+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+    cookie.conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;		/* no conversion */
+
+    /* Read the first line so we can check for a UTF-8 BOM. */
+    firstline = getsourceline(0, (void *)&cookie, 0);
+    if (firstline != NULL && STRLEN(firstline) >= 3 && firstline[0] == 0xef
+			      && firstline[1] == 0xbb && firstline[2] == 0xbf)
+    {
+	/* Found BOM; setup conversion, skip over BOM and recode the line. */
+	convert_setup(&cookie.conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
+	p = string_convert(&cookie.conv, firstline + 3, NULL);
+	if (p == NULL)
+	    p = vim_strsave(firstline + 3);
+	if (p != NULL)
+	{
+	    vim_free(firstline);
+	    firstline = p;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
    time_push(&tv_rel, &tv_start);
 #endif
@@ -3184,9 +3189,8 @@ do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)
    /*
     * Call do_cmdline, which will call getsourceline() to get the lines.
     */
-    do_cmdline(NULL, getsourceline, (void *)&cookie,
+    do_cmdline(firstline, getsourceline, (void *)&cookie,
 				     DOCMD_VERBOSE|DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_REPEAT);
-
    retval = OK;

 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
@@ -3244,6 +3248,7 @@ almosttheend:
 #endif
    fclose(cookie.fp);
    vim_free(cookie.nextline);
+    vim_free(firstline);
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    convert_setup(&cookie.conv, NULL, NULL);
 #endif
@@ -3690,6 +3690,11 @@ set_one_cmd_context(xp, buff)
 	case CMD_highlight:
 	    set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg);
 	    break;
+#ifdef FEAT_CSCOPE
+	case CMD_cscope:
+	    set_context_in_cscope_cmd(xp, arg);
+	    break;
+#endif
 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
 	case CMD_bdelete:
 	case CMD_bwipeout:
@@ -5142,7 +5147,11 @@ uc_add_command(name, name_len, rep, argt, def, flags, compl, compl_arg, force)
 	    }

 	    vim_free(cmd->uc_rep);
-	    cmd->uc_rep = 0;
+	    cmd->uc_rep = NULL;
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)
+	    vim_free(cmd->uc_compl_arg);
+	    cmd->uc_compl_arg = NULL;
+#endif
 	    break;
 	}

@@ -5201,6 +5210,9 @@ static struct
    {EXPAND_AUGROUP, "augroup"},
    {EXPAND_BUFFERS, "buffer"},
    {EXPAND_COMMANDS, "command"},
+#if defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
+    {EXPAND_CSCOPE, "cscope"},
+#endif
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)
    {EXPAND_USER_DEFINED, "custom"},
    {EXPAND_USER_LIST, "customlist"},
@@ -5500,6 +5512,9 @@ invalid_count:
    return OK;
 }

+/*
+ * ":command ..."
+ */
    static void
 ex_command(eap)
    exarg_T   *eap;
@@ -5931,7 +5946,8 @@ do_ucmd(eap)
    char_u	*q;

    char_u	*start;
-    char_u	*end;
+    char_u	*end = NULL;
+    char_u	*ksp;
    size_t	len, totlen;

    size_t	split_len = 0;
@@ -5948,16 +5964,51 @@ do_ucmd(eap)

    /*
     * Replace <> in the command by the arguments.
+     * First round: "buf" is NULL, compute length, allocate "buf".
+     * Second round: copy result into "buf".
     */
    buf = NULL;
    for (;;)
    {
-	p = cmd->uc_rep;
-	q = buf;
+	p = cmd->uc_rep;    /* source */
+	q = buf;	    /* destination */
 	totlen = 0;
-	while ((start = vim_strchr(p, '<')) != NULL
-	       && (end = vim_strchr(start + 1, '>')) != NULL)
+
+	for (;;)
 	{
+	    start = vim_strchr(p, '<');
+	    if (start != NULL)
+		end = vim_strchr(start + 1, '>');
+	    if (buf != NULL)
+	    {
+		ksp = vim_strchr(p, K_SPECIAL);
+		if (ksp != NULL && (start == NULL || ksp < start || end == NULL)
+			&& ((ksp[1] == KS_SPECIAL && ksp[2] == KE_FILLER)
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI
+			    || (ksp[1] == KS_EXTRA && ksp[2] == (int)KE_CSI)
+# endif
+			    ))
+		{
+		    /* K_SPECIAL han been put in the buffer as K_SPECIAL
+		     * KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER, like for mappings, but
+		     * do_cmdline() doesn't handle that, so convert it back.
+		     * Also change K_SPECIAL KS_EXTRA KE_CSI into CSI. */
+		    len = ksp - p;
+		    if (len > 0)
+		    {
+			mch_memmove(q, p, len);
+			q += len;
+		    }
+		    *q++ = ksp[1] == KS_SPECIAL ? K_SPECIAL : CSI;
+		    p = ksp + 3;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /* break if there no <item> is found */
+	    if (start == NULL || end == NULL)
+		break;
+
 	    /* Include the '>' */
 	    ++end;

@@ -7827,6 +7878,9 @@ free_cd_dir()
 {
    vim_free(prev_dir);
    prev_dir = NULL;
+
+    vim_free(globaldir);
+    globaldir = NULL;
 }
 #endif

@@ -7849,6 +7903,10 @@ ex_cd(eap)
    else
 #endif
    {
+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+	if (allbuf_locked())
+	    return;
+#endif
 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_CHDIR) != NULL && curbufIsChanged()
 							     && !eap->forceit)
 	{
@@ -8773,7 +8831,7 @@ ex_mkrc(eap)
 		else if (*dirnow != NUL
 			&& (ssop_flags & SSOP_CURDIR) && globaldir != NULL)
 		{
-		    if (mch_chdir((char *)globaldir) == OK)
+		    if (mch_chdir((char *)globaldir) == 0)
 			shorten_fnames(TRUE);
 		}

@@ -2000,8 +2000,8 @@ text_locked_msg()

 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
- * Check if "curbuf_lock" is set and return TRUE when it is and give an error
- * message.
+ * Check if "curbuf_lock" or "allbuf_lock" is set and return TRUE when it is
+ * and give an error message.
 */
    int
 curbuf_locked()
@@ -2011,6 +2011,21 @@ curbuf_locked()
 	EMSG(_("E788: Not allowed to edit another buffer now"));
 	return TRUE;
    }
+    return allbuf_locked();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if "allbuf_lock" is set and return TRUE when it is and give an error
+ * message.
+ */
+    int
+allbuf_locked()
+{
+    if (allbuf_lock > 0)
+    {
+	EMSG(_("E811: Not allowed to change buffer information now"));
+	return TRUE;
+    }
    return FALSE;
 }
 #endif
@@ -4503,6 +4518,9 @@ ExpandFromContext(xp, pat, num_file, file, options)
 	    {EXPAND_EVENTS, get_event_name, TRUE},
 	    {EXPAND_AUGROUP, get_augroup_name, TRUE},
 #endif
+#ifdef FEAT_CSCOPE
+	    {EXPAND_CSCOPE, get_cscope_name, TRUE},
+#endif
 #if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
 	&& (defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE))
 	    {EXPAND_LANGUAGE, get_lang_arg, TRUE},
@@ -6050,9 +6068,7 @@ ex_window()
 # endif
 	return K_IGNORE;
    }
-    cmdwin_type = ccline.cmdfirstc;
-    if (cmdwin_type == NUL)
-	cmdwin_type = '-';
+    cmdwin_type = get_cmdline_type();

    /* Create the command-line buffer empty. */
    (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_ONE, ECMD_HIDE, NULL);
@@ -6076,7 +6092,7 @@ ex_window()
    /* Showing the prompt may have set need_wait_return, reset it. */
    need_wait_return = FALSE;

-    histtype = hist_char2type(ccline.cmdfirstc);
+    histtype = hist_char2type(cmdwin_type);
    if (histtype == HIST_CMD || histtype == HIST_DEBUG)
    {
 	if (p_wc == TAB)
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static int apply_autocmds_exarg __ARGS((event_T event, char_u *fname, char_u *fn
 static int au_find_group __ARGS((char_u *name));

 # define AUGROUP_DEFAULT    -1	    /* default autocmd group */
-# define AUGROUP_ERROR	    -2	    /* errornouse autocmd group */
+# define AUGROUP_ERROR	    -2	    /* erroneous autocmd group */
 # define AUGROUP_ALL	    -3	    /* all autocmd groups */
 #endif

@@ -144,7 +144,9 @@ static int get_mac_fio_flags __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
 # endif
 #endif
 static int move_lines __ARGS((buf_T *frombuf, buf_T *tobuf));
-
+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+static char *e_auchangedbuf = N_("E812: Autocommands changed buffer or buffer name");
+#endif

    void
 filemess(buf, name, s, attr)
@@ -295,6 +297,19 @@ readfile(fname, sfname, from, lines_to_skip, lines_to_read, eap, flags)
    int		conv_restlen = 0;	/* nr of bytes in conv_rest[] */
 #endif

+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+    /* Remember the initial values of curbuf, curbuf->b_ffname and
+     * curbuf->b_fname to detect whether they are altered as a result of
+     * executing nasty autocommands.  Also check if "fname" and "sfname"
+     * point to one of these values. */
+    buf_T   *old_curbuf = curbuf;
+    char_u  *old_b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
+    char_u  *old_b_fname = curbuf->b_fname;
+    int     using_b_ffname = (fname == curbuf->b_ffname)
+					      || (sfname == curbuf->b_ffname);
+    int     using_b_fname = (fname == curbuf->b_fname)
+					       || (sfname == curbuf->b_fname);
+#endif
    write_no_eol_lnum = 0;	/* in case it was set by the previous read */

    /*
@@ -589,7 +604,21 @@ readfile(fname, sfname, from, lines_to_skip, lines_to_read, eap, flags)
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
 		    if (!bt_dontwrite(curbuf))
 #endif
+		    {
 			check_need_swap(newfile);
+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+			/* SwapExists autocommand may mess things up */
+			if (curbuf != old_curbuf
+				|| (using_b_ffname
+					&& (old_b_ffname != curbuf->b_ffname))
+				|| (using_b_fname
+					 && (old_b_fname != curbuf->b_fname)))
+			{
+			    EMSG(_(e_auchangedbuf));
+			    return FAIL;
+			}
+#endif
+		    }
 		    if (dir_of_file_exists(fname))
 			filemess(curbuf, sfname, (char_u *)_("[New File]"), 0);
 		    else
@@ -668,6 +697,17 @@ readfile(fname, sfname, from, lines_to_skip, lines_to_read, eap, flags)
 #endif
    {
 	check_need_swap(newfile);
+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+	if (!read_stdin && (curbuf != old_curbuf
+		|| (using_b_ffname && (old_b_ffname != curbuf->b_ffname))
+		|| (using_b_fname && (old_b_fname != curbuf->b_fname))))
+	{
+	    EMSG(_(e_auchangedbuf));
+	    if (!read_buffer)
+		close(fd);
+	    return FAIL;
+	}
+#endif
 #ifdef UNIX
 	/* Set swap file protection bits after creating it. */
 	if (swap_mode > 0 && curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
@@ -698,7 +738,6 @@ readfile(fname, sfname, from, lines_to_skip, lines_to_read, eap, flags)
    {
 	int	m = msg_scroll;
 	int	n = msg_scrolled;
-	buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;

 	/*
 	 * The file must be closed again, the autocommands may want to change
@@ -740,8 +779,13 @@ readfile(fname, sfname, from, lines_to_skip, lines_to_read, eap, flags)
 	/*
 	 * Don't allow the autocommands to change the current buffer.
 	 * Try to re-open the file.
+	 *
+	 * Don't allow the autocommands to change the buffer name either
+	 * (cd for example) if it invalidates fname or sfname.
 	 */
 	if (!read_stdin && (curbuf != old_curbuf
+		|| (using_b_ffname && (old_b_ffname != curbuf->b_ffname))
+		|| (using_b_fname && (old_b_fname != curbuf->b_fname))
 		|| (fd = mch_open((char *)fname, O_RDONLY | O_EXTRA, 0)) < 0))
 	{
 	    --no_wait_return;
@@ -5248,13 +5292,16 @@ buf_write_bytes(ip)
 	    /* Convert with iconv(). */
 	    if (ip->bw_restlen > 0)
 	    {
+		char *fp;
+
 		/* Need to concatenate the remainder of the previous call and
 		 * the bytes of the current call.  Use the end of the
 		 * conversion buffer for this. */
 		fromlen = len + ip->bw_restlen;
-		from = (char *)ip->bw_conv_buf + ip->bw_conv_buflen - fromlen;
-		mch_memmove((void *)from, ip->bw_rest, (size_t)ip->bw_restlen);
-		mch_memmove((void *)(from + ip->bw_restlen), buf, (size_t)len);
+		fp = (char *)ip->bw_conv_buf + ip->bw_conv_buflen - fromlen;
+		mch_memmove(fp, ip->bw_rest, (size_t)ip->bw_restlen);
+		mch_memmove(fp + ip->bw_restlen, buf, (size_t)len);
+		from = fp;
 		tolen = ip->bw_conv_buflen - fromlen;
 	    }
 	    else
@@ -6111,12 +6158,24 @@ vim_rename(from, to)
 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
    vim_acl_T	acl;		/* ACL from original file */
 #endif
+#if defined(UNIX) || defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME)
+    int		use_tmp_file = FALSE;
+#endif

    /*
-     * When the names are identical, there is nothing to do.
+     * When the names are identical, there is nothing to do.  When they refer
+     * to the same file (ignoring case and slash/backslash differences) but
+     * the file name differs we need to go through a temp file.
     */
    if (fnamecmp(from, to) == 0)
-	return 0;
+    {
+#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
+	if (STRCMP(gettail(from), gettail(to)) != 0)
+	    use_tmp_file = TRUE;
+	else
+#endif
+	    return 0;
+    }

    /*
     * Fail if the "from" file doesn't exist.  Avoids that "to" is deleted.
@@ -6124,6 +6183,55 @@ vim_rename(from, to)
    if (mch_stat((char *)from, &st) < 0)
 	return -1;

+#ifdef UNIX
+    {
+	struct stat	st_to;
+
+	/* It's possible for the source and destination to be the same file.
+	 * This happens when "from" and "to" differ in case and are on a FAT32
+	 * filesystem.  In that case go through a temp file name. */
+	if (mch_stat((char *)to, &st_to) >= 0
+		&& st.st_dev == st_to.st_dev
+		&& st.st_ino == st_to.st_ino)
+	    use_tmp_file = TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(UNIX) || defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME)
+    if (use_tmp_file)
+    {
+	char	tempname[MAXPATHL + 1];
+
+	/*
+	 * Find a name that doesn't exist and is in the same directory.
+	 * Rename "from" to "tempname" and then rename "tempname" to "to".
+	 */
+	if (STRLEN(from) >= MAXPATHL - 5)
+	    return -1;
+	STRCPY(tempname, from);
+	for (n = 123; n < 99999; ++n)
+	{
+	    sprintf((char *)gettail((char_u *)tempname), "%d", n);
+	    if (mch_stat(tempname, &st) < 0)
+	    {
+		if (mch_rename((char *)from, tempname) == 0)
+		{
+		    if (mch_rename(tempname, (char *)to) == 0)
+			return 0;
+		    /* Strange, the second step failed.  Try moving the
+		     * file back and return failure. */
+		    mch_rename(tempname, (char *)from);
+		    return -1;
+		}
+		/* If it fails for one temp name it will most likely fail
+		 * for any temp name, give up. */
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+
    /*
     * Delete the "to" file, this is required on some systems to make the
     * mch_rename() work, on other systems it makes sure that we don't have
@@ -6267,7 +6375,7 @@ check_timestamps(focus)

    if (!stuff_empty() || global_busy || !typebuf_typed()
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
-			|| autocmd_busy || curbuf_lock > 0
+			|| autocmd_busy || curbuf_lock > 0 || allbuf_lock > 0
 #endif
 					)
 	need_check_timestamps = TRUE;		/* check later */
@@ -6475,8 +6583,10 @@ buf_check_timestamp(buf, focus)
 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_FCS_REASON, (char_u *)reason, -1);
 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_FCS_CHOICE, (char_u *)"", -1);
 # endif
+	    ++allbuf_lock;
 	    n = apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDSHELL,
 				      buf->b_fname, buf->b_fname, FALSE, buf);
+	    --allbuf_lock;
 	    busy = FALSE;
 	    if (n)
 	    {
@@ -6551,6 +6661,11 @@ buf_check_timestamp(buf, focus)
 	    tbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(path) + STRLEN(mesg)
 							+ STRLEN(mesg2) + 2));
 	    sprintf((char *)tbuf, mesg, path);
+#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+	    /* Set warningmsg here, before the unimportant and output-specific
+	     * mesg2 has been appended. */
+	    set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, tbuf, -1);
+#endif
 #if defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG)
 	    if (can_reload)
 	    {
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ deleteFold(start, end, recursive, had_visual)
    garray_T	*found_ga;
    fold_T	*found_fp = NULL;
    linenr_T	found_off = 0;
-    int		use_level = FALSE;
+    int		use_level;
    int		maybe_small = FALSE;
    int		level = 0;
    linenr_T	lnum = start;
@@ -757,6 +757,7 @@ deleteFold(start, end, recursive, had_visual)
 	gap = &curwin->w_folds;
 	found_ga = NULL;
 	lnum_off = 0;
+	use_level = FALSE;
 	for (;;)
 	{
 	    if (!foldFind(gap, lnum - lnum_off, &fp))
@@ -783,20 +784,21 @@ deleteFold(start, end, recursive, had_visual)
 	else
 	{
 	    lnum = found_fp->fd_top + found_fp->fd_len + found_off;
-	    did_one = TRUE;

 	    if (foldmethodIsManual(curwin))
 		deleteFoldEntry(found_ga,
 		    (int)(found_fp - (fold_T *)found_ga->ga_data), recursive);
 	    else
 	    {
-		if (found_fp->fd_top + found_off < first_lnum)
-		    first_lnum = found_fp->fd_top;
-		if (lnum > last_lnum)
+		if (first_lnum > found_fp->fd_top + found_off)
+		    first_lnum = found_fp->fd_top + found_off;
+		if (last_lnum < lnum)
 		    last_lnum = lnum;
-		parseMarker(curwin);
+		if (!did_one)
+		    parseMarker(curwin);
 		deleteFoldMarkers(found_fp, recursive, found_off);
 	    }
+	    did_one = TRUE;

 	    /* redraw window */
 	    changed_window_setting();
@@ -811,6 +813,10 @@ deleteFold(start, end, recursive, had_visual)
 	    redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED);
 #endif
    }
+    else
+	/* Deleting markers may make cursor column invalid. */
+	check_cursor_col();
+
    if (last_lnum > 0)
 	changed_lines(first_lnum, (colnr_T)0, last_lnum, 0L);
 }
@@ -3816,7 +3816,11 @@ showmap(mp, local)
    int len = 1;

    if (msg_didout || msg_silent != 0)
+    {
 	msg_putchar('\n');
+	if (got_int)	    /* 'q' typed at MORE prompt */
+	    return;
+    }
    if ((mp->m_mode & (INSERT + CMDLINE)) == INSERT + CMDLINE)
 	msg_putchar('!');			/* :map! */
    else if (mp->m_mode & INSERT)
@@ -482,8 +482,10 @@ EXTERN char	*foreground_argument INIT(= NULL);
 /*
 * While executing external commands or in Ex mode, should not insert GUI
 * events in the input buffer: Set hold_gui_events to non-zero.
+ *
+ * volatile because it is used in signal handler sig_sysmouse().
 */
-EXTERN int	hold_gui_events INIT(= 0);
+EXTERN volatile int hold_gui_events INIT(= 0);

 /*
 * When resizing the shell is postponed, remember the new size, and call
@@ -597,7 +599,8 @@ EXTERN int	exiting INIT(= FALSE);
 EXTERN int	really_exiting INIT(= FALSE);
 				/* TRUE when we are sure to exit, e.g., after
 				 * a deadly signal */
-EXTERN int	full_screen INIT(= FALSE);
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler deathtrap(). */
+EXTERN volatile int full_screen INIT(= FALSE);
 				/* TRUE when doing full-screen output
 				 * otherwise only writing some messages */

@@ -616,6 +619,11 @@ EXTERN int	textlock INIT(= 0);
 EXTERN int	curbuf_lock INIT(= 0);
 				/* non-zero when the current buffer can't be
 				 * changed.  Used for FileChangedRO. */
+EXTERN int	allbuf_lock INIT(= 0);
+				/* non-zero when no buffer name can be
+				 * changed, no buffer can be deleted and
+				 * current directory can't be changed.
+				 * Used for SwapExists et al. */
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 # define HAVE_SANDBOX
@@ -739,10 +747,12 @@ EXTERN JMP_BUF x_jump_env;
 */
 EXTERN JMP_BUF lc_jump_env;	/* argument to SETJMP() */
 # ifdef SIGHASARG
-EXTERN int lc_signal;		/* catched signal number, 0 when no was signal
-				   catched; used for mch_libcall() */
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handlers. */
+EXTERN volatile int lc_signal;	/* caught signal number, 0 when no was signal
+				   caught; used for mch_libcall() */
 # endif
-EXTERN int lc_active INIT(= FALSE); /* TRUE when lc_jump_env is valid. */
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler deathtrap(). */
+EXTERN volatile int lc_active INIT(= FALSE); /* TRUE when lc_jump_env is valid. */
 #endif

 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT)
@@ -986,7 +996,8 @@ EXTERN int	curscript INIT(= 0);	    /* index in scriptin[] */
 EXTERN FILE	*scriptout  INIT(= NULL);   /* stream to write script to */
 EXTERN int	read_cmd_fd INIT(= 0);	    /* fd to read commands from */

-EXTERN int	got_int INIT(= FALSE);	    /* set to TRUE when interrupt
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler catch_sigint(). */
+EXTERN volatile int got_int INIT(= FALSE);    /* set to TRUE when interrupt
 						signal occurred */
 #ifdef USE_TERM_CONSOLE
 EXTERN int	term_console INIT(= FALSE); /* set to TRUE when console used */
@@ -1342,7 +1353,6 @@ EXTERN garray_T error_ga

 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
 EXTERN char *netbeansArg INIT(= NULL);	/* the -nb[:host:port:passwd] arg */
-EXTERN int netbeansCloseFile INIT(= 0);	/* send killed if != 0 */
 EXTERN int netbeansFireChanges INIT(= 1); /* send buffer changes if != 0 */
 EXTERN int netbeansForcedQuit INIT(= 0);/* don't write modified files */
 EXTERN int netbeansReadFile INIT(= 1);	/* OK to read from disk if != 0 */
@@ -58,7 +58,11 @@ static int can_update_cursor = TRUE; /* can display the cursor */
 gui_start()
 {
    char_u	*old_term;
-#if defined(UNIX) && !defined(__BEOS__)
+#if defined(UNIX) && !defined(__BEOS__) && !defined(MACOS_X)
+    /* By the time we get here Mac OS X will already have forked (it does so
+     * right after scanning the command line) so don't do anything here.  This
+     * means that "f" in 'guioptions' cannot be supported.
+     */
 # define MAY_FORK
    int		dofork = TRUE;
 #endif
@@ -117,82 +121,10 @@ gui_start()
     */
    if (gui.in_use && dofork)
    {
-	pid_t	pid = -1;
-
-# if defined MACOS_X
-        int i;
-
-        /* on os x, you have to exec after a fork, otherwise calls to
-         * frameworks will assert (and without corefoundation, you can't start
-         * the gui. what fun.). See CAVEATS at
-http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Darwin/Reference/ManPages/man2/fork.2.html
-         *
-         * Since we have to go through this anyways, we might as well use vfork.
-         * But: then we can't detach from our starting shell, so stick with
-         * fork.
-         *
-         * Kinda sucks to restart vim when doing :gui, so don't fork in that
-         * case (make sure gui.dofork is only set when interpreting argv, not
-         * when doing :gui. Currently, gui.dofork is set to false in ex_gui().
-         *
-         * Also doesn't work well if vim starts cscope (or some other
-         * subprocess I guess), because it's not transferred to the newly
-         * exec'd process, leaving an orphaned process (not a zombie process)
-         * behind. The Right Thing is to kill all our child processes before
-         * calling exec.
-         */
-
-        /* stolen from http://paste.lisp.org/display/50906 */
-        extern int *_NSGetArgc(void);
-        extern char ***_NSGetArgv(void);
-
-        int argc = *_NSGetArgc();
-        char ** argv = *_NSGetArgv();
-        char * newargv[argc+2];
-
-        newargv[0] = argv[0];
-
-        /*
-         * make sure "-f" is in front of potential "--remote" flags, else
-         * they would consume it.
-         */
-        newargv[1] = "-f";
-
-        for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-            newargv[i + 1] = argv[i];
-        }
-        newargv[argc+1] = NULL;
-
-        /* shut down all the stuff we just started, just to start
-         * it again from the exec :-\ */
-        prepare_getout();
-
-        pid = fork();
-        switch(pid) {
-            case -1:
-#  ifndef NDEBUG
-                fprintf(stderr, "vim: Mac OS X workaround fork() failed!");
-#  endif
-                _exit(255);
-            case 0:
-                /* Child. */
-
-                /* make sure we survive our shell */
-                setsid();
-
-                 /* Restarts the vim process, will not return. */
-                execvp(argv[0], newargv);
-
-                /* if we come here, exec has failed. bail. */
-                _exit(255);
-            default:
-                /* Parent */
-                _exit(0);
-        }
-# else
 	int	pipefd[2];	/* pipe between parent and child */
 	int	pipe_error;
 	char	dummy;
+	pid_t	pid = -1;

 	/* Setup a pipe between the child and the parent, so that the parent
 	 * knows when the child has done the setsid() call and is allowed to
@@ -227,30 +159,27 @@ http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Darwin/Reference/ManPages/man2/fork.2.h
 	    _exit(0);
 	}

-#  if defined(HAVE_SETSID) || defined(HAVE_SETPGID)
+# if defined(HAVE_SETSID) || defined(HAVE_SETPGID)
 	/*
 	 * Change our process group.  On some systems/shells a CTRL-C in the
 	 * shell where Vim was started would otherwise kill gvim!
 	 */
 	if (pid == 0)	    /* child */
-#   if defined(HAVE_SETSID)
+#  if defined(HAVE_SETSID)
 	    (void)setsid();
-#   else
+#  else
 	    (void)setpgid(0, 0);
-#   endif
 #  endif
+# endif
 	if (!pipe_error)
 	{
 	    close(pipefd[0]);
 	    close(pipefd[1]);
 	}

-
-#  if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
+# if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)
 	/* Tell the session manager our new PID */
 	gui_mch_forked();
-#  endif
-
 # endif
    }
 #else
@@ -4820,6 +4749,8 @@ ex_gui(eap)
     * Check for "-f" argument: foreground, don't fork.
     * Also don't fork when started with "gvim -f".
     * Do fork when using "gui -b".
+     * Note that Mac OS X will never fork on :gui since it can only fork on
+     * startup right after scanning the command line.
     */
    if (arg[0] == '-'
 	    && (arg[1] == 'f' || arg[1] == 'b')
@@ -4832,13 +4763,6 @@ ex_gui(eap)
    {
 	/* Clear the command.  Needed for when forking+exiting, to avoid part
 	 * of the argument ending up after the shell prompt. */
-
-#ifdef MACOS_X
-        /* os x doesn't really support fork(), so we can't fork of a gui
-         * in an already running vim. see gui_start() for more details.
-         */
-	gui.dofork = FALSE;
-#endif
 	msg_clr_eos_force();
 	gui_start();
    }
@@ -235,7 +235,12 @@ typedef long	    guicolor_T;	/* handle for a GUI color; for X11 this should
 				   displays there is a tiny chance this is an
 				   actual color */

-#ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
+  typedef void		*GuiFont;
+  typedef void		*GuiFontset;
+# define NOFONT		(GuiFont)NULL
+# define NOFONTSET	(GuiFontset)NULL
+#elif defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
  typedef PangoFontDescription	*GuiFont;       /* handle for a GUI font */
  typedef PangoFontDescription  *GuiFontset;    /* handle for a GUI fontset */
@@ -1291,6 +1291,23 @@ drawBalloon(beval)
 		XtNy, ty,
 		NULL);
 #endif
+	/* Set tooltip colors */
+	{
+	    Arg args[2];
+
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_MOTIF
+	    args[0].name = XmNbackground;
+	    args[0].value = gui.tooltip_bg_pixel;
+	    args[1].name = XmNforeground;
+	    args[1].value = gui.tooltip_fg_pixel;
+#else /* Athena */
+	    args[0].name = XtNbackground;
+	    args[0].value = gui.tooltip_bg_pixel;
+	    args[1].name = XtNforeground;
+	    args[1].value = gui.tooltip_fg_pixel;
+#endif
+	    XtSetValues(beval->balloonLabel, &args[0], XtNumber(args));
+	}

 	XtPopup(beval->balloonShell, XtGrabNone);

@@ -1582,6 +1582,17 @@ gui_mch_init(void)
    s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
    s_findrep_struct.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
    s_findrep_struct.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lStructSize = sizeof(s_findrep_struct_w);
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat =
+			      (LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith =
+			      (LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+# endif
 #endif

 theend:
@@ -2938,8 +2949,27 @@ dialog_callback(

 	/* If the edit box exists, copy the string. */
 	if (s_textfield != NULL)
-	    GetDlgItemText(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2,
+	{
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+	    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
+	     * codepage: use wide function and convert text. */
+	    if (os_version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
+		    && enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+            {
+	       WCHAR  *wp = (WCHAR *)alloc(IOSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+	       char_u *p;
+
+	       GetDlgItemTextW(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2, wp, IOSIZE);
+	       p = utf16_to_enc(wp, NULL);
+	       vim_strncpy(s_textfield, p, IOSIZE);
+	       vim_free(p);
+	       vim_free(wp);
+	    }
+	    else
+# endif
+		GetDlgItemText(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2,
 							 s_textfield, IOSIZE);
+	}

 	/*
 	 * Need to check for IDOK because if the user just hits Return to
@@ -153,6 +153,9 @@ static int		destroying = FALSE;	/* call DestroyWindow() ourselves */
 #ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
 static UINT		s_findrep_msg = 0;	/* set in gui_w[16/32].c */
 static FINDREPLACE	s_findrep_struct;
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+static FINDREPLACEW	s_findrep_struct_w;
+# endif
 static HWND		s_findrep_hwnd = NULL;
 static int		s_findrep_is_find;	/* TRUE for find dialog, FALSE
 						   for find/replace dialog */
@@ -884,6 +887,45 @@ _OnMenu(
 #endif

 #ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+/*
+ * copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACE to structure LPFINDREPLACEW
+ */
+    static void
+findrep_atow(LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw, LPFINDREPLACE lpfr)
+{
+    WCHAR *wp;
+
+    lpfrw->hwndOwner = lpfr->hwndOwner;
+    lpfrw->Flags = lpfr->Flags;
+
+    wp = enc_to_utf16(lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
+    wcsncpy(lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, wp, lpfrw->wFindWhatLen - 1);
+    vim_free(wp);
+
+    /* the field "lpstrReplaceWith" doesn't need to be copied */
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACEW to structure LPFINDREPLACE
+ */
+    static void
+findrep_wtoa(LPFINDREPLACE lpfr, LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw)
+{
+    char_u *p;
+
+    lpfr->Flags = lpfrw->Flags;
+
+    p = utf16_to_enc(lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
+    vim_strncpy(lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, p, lpfr->wFindWhatLen - 1);
+    vim_free(p);
+
+    p = utf16_to_enc(lpfrw->lpstrReplaceWith, NULL);
+    vim_strncpy(lpfr->lpstrReplaceWith, p, lpfr->wReplaceWithLen - 1);
+    vim_free(p);
+}
+# endif
+
 /*
 * Handle a Find/Replace window message.
 */
@@ -893,6 +935,16 @@ _OnFindRepl(void)
    int	    flags = 0;
    int	    down;

+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active codepage:
+     * convert text from wide string. */
+    if (os_version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
+			&& enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+        findrep_wtoa(&s_findrep_struct, &s_findrep_struct_w);
+    }
+# endif
+
    if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_DIALOGTERM)
 	/* Give main window the focus back. */
 	(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
@@ -1663,8 +1715,17 @@ process_message(void)
    if (msg.message == WM_OLE)
    {
 	char_u *str = (char_u *)msg.lParam;
-	add_to_input_buf(str, (int)STRLEN(str));
-	vim_free(str);
+	if (str == NULL || *str == NUL)
+	{
+	    /* Message can't be ours, forward it.  Fixes problem with Ultramon
+	     * 3.0.4 */
+	    DispatchMessage(&msg);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    add_to_input_buf(str, (int)STRLEN(str));
+	    vim_free(str);  /* was allocated in CVim::SendKeys() */
+	}
 	return;
    }
 #endif
@@ -2553,7 +2614,19 @@ gui_mch_find_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
 	if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
 	{
 	    initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
-	    s_findrep_hwnd = FindText((LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+	    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
+	     * codepage: convert text and use wide function. */
+	    if (os_version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
+		    && enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	    {
+	        findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
+		s_findrep_hwnd = FindTextW(
+					(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
+	    }
+	    else
+# endif
+		s_findrep_hwnd = FindText((LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
 	}

 	set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd,
@@ -2578,7 +2651,18 @@ gui_mch_replace_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
 	if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
 	{
 	    initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
-	    s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceText((LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
+# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
+	    if (os_version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
+		    && enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	    {
+		findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
+		s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceTextW(
+					(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
+	    }
+	    else
+# endif
+		s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceText(
+					   (LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
 	}

 	set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd,
@@ -1587,6 +1587,8 @@ gui_mch_uninit()
    XtCloseDisplay(gui.dpy);
    gui.dpy = NULL;
    vimShell = (Widget)0;
+    vim_free(gui_argv);
+    gui_argv = NULL;
 }

 /*
@@ -1761,6 +1763,8 @@ gui_mch_exit(rc)
     * says that this isn't needed when exiting, so just skip it. */
    XtCloseDisplay(gui.dpy);
 #endif
+    vim_free(gui_argv);
+    gui_argv = NULL;
 }

 /*
@@ -3439,47 +3443,37 @@ gui_mch_register_sign(signfile)
    char_u	    *signfile;
 {
    XpmAttributes   attrs;
-    XImage	    *sign;
+    XImage	    *sign = NULL;
    int		    status;

    /*
     * Setup the color substitution table.
     */
-    sign = NULL;
    if (signfile[0] != NUL && signfile[0] != '-')
    {
-	sign = (XImage *)alloc(sizeof(XImage));
-	if (sign != NULL)
+	XpmColorSymbol color[5] =
 	{
-	    XpmColorSymbol color[5] =
-	    {
-		{"none", NULL, 0},
-		{"iconColor1", NULL, 0},
-		{"bottomShadowColor", NULL, 0},
-		{"topShadowColor", NULL, 0},
-		{"selectColor", NULL, 0}
-	    };
-	    attrs.valuemask = XpmColorSymbols;
-	    attrs.numsymbols = 2;
-	    attrs.colorsymbols = color;
-	    attrs.colorsymbols[0].pixel = gui.back_pixel;
-	    attrs.colorsymbols[1].pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
-	    status = XpmReadFileToImage(gui.dpy, (char *)signfile,
+	    {"none", NULL, 0},
+	    {"iconColor1", NULL, 0},
+	    {"bottomShadowColor", NULL, 0},
+	    {"topShadowColor", NULL, 0},
+	    {"selectColor", NULL, 0}
+	};
+	attrs.valuemask = XpmColorSymbols;
+	attrs.numsymbols = 2;
+	attrs.colorsymbols = color;
+	attrs.colorsymbols[0].pixel = gui.back_pixel;
+	attrs.colorsymbols[1].pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
+	status = XpmReadFileToImage(gui.dpy, (char *)signfile,
 							 &sign, NULL, &attrs);
-
-	    if (status == 0)
-	    {
-		/* Sign width is fixed at two columns now.
-		if (sign->width > gui.sign_width)
-		    gui.sign_width = sign->width + 8; */
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		vim_free(sign);
-		sign = NULL;
-		EMSG(_(e_signdata));
-	    }
+	if (status == 0)
+	{
+	    /* Sign width is fixed at two columns now.
+	    if (sign->width > gui.sign_width)
+	        gui.sign_width = sign->width + 8; */
 	}
+	else
+	    EMSG(_(e_signdata));
    }

    return (void *)sign;
@@ -3489,8 +3483,7 @@ gui_mch_register_sign(signfile)
 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sign)
    void *sign;
 {
-    XFree(((XImage *)sign)->data);
-    vim_free(sign);
+    XDestroyImage((XImage*)sign);
 }
 #endif

@@ -93,12 +93,117 @@ cs_usage_msg(x)
    (void)EMSG2(_("E560: Usage: cs[cope] %s"), cs_cmds[(int)x].usage);
 }

+#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
+
+static enum
+{
+    EXP_CSCOPE_SUBCMD,	/* expand ":cscope" sub-commands */
+    EXP_CSCOPE_FIND,	/* expand ":cscope find" arguments */
+    EXP_CSCOPE_KILL	/* expand ":cscope kill" arguments */
+} expand_what;
+
+/*
+ * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the cscope command
+ * expansion.
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+    char_u *
+get_cscope_name(xp, idx)
+    expand_T	*xp;
+    int		idx;
+{
+    switch (expand_what)
+    {
+    case EXP_CSCOPE_SUBCMD:
+	/* Complete with sub-commands of ":cscope":
+	 * add, find, help, kill, reset, show */
+	return (char_u *)cs_cmds[idx].name;
+    case EXP_CSCOPE_FIND:
+	{
+	    const char *query_type[] =
+	    {
+		"c", "d", "e", "f", "g", "i", "s", "t", NULL
+	    };
+
+	    /* Complete with query type of ":cscope find {query_type}".
+	     * {query_type} can be letters (c, d, ... t) or numbers (0, 1,
+	     * ..., 8) but only complete with letters, since numbers are
+	     * redundant. */
+	    return (char_u *)query_type[idx];
+	}
+    case EXP_CSCOPE_KILL:
+	{
+	    int			i;
+	    int			current_idx = 0;
+	    static char_u	connection[2];
+
+	    /* ":cscope kill" accepts connection numbers or partial names of
+	     * the pathname of the cscope database as argument.  Only complete
+	     * with connection numbers. -1 can also be used to kill all
+	     * connections. */
+	    for (i = 0; i < CSCOPE_MAX_CONNECTIONS; i++)
+	    {
+		if (csinfo[i].fname == NULL)
+		    continue;
+		if (current_idx++ == idx)
+		{
+		    /* Connection number fits in one character since
+		     * CSCOPE_MAX_CONNECTIONS is < 10 */
+		    connection[0] = i + '0';
+		    connection[1] = NUL;
+		    return connection;
+		}
+	    }
+	    return (current_idx == idx && idx > 0) ? (char_u *)"-1" : NULL;
+	}
+    default:
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle command line completion for :cscope command.
+ */
+    void
+set_context_in_cscope_cmd(xp, arg)
+    expand_T	*xp;
+    char_u	*arg;
+{
+    char_u	*p;
+
+    /* Default: expand subcommands */
+    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_CSCOPE;
+    expand_what = EXP_CSCOPE_SUBCMD;
+    xp->xp_pattern = arg;
+
+    /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
+    if (*arg != NUL)
+    {
+	p = skiptowhite(arg);
+	if (*p != NUL)		    /* past first word */
+	{
+	    xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
+	    if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
+		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
+	    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "add", p - arg) == 0)
+		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
+	    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "kill", p - arg) == 0)
+		expand_what = EXP_CSCOPE_KILL;
+	    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "find", p - arg) == 0)
+		expand_what = EXP_CSCOPE_FIND;
+	    else
+		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
+
 /*
 * PRIVATE: do_cscope_general
 *
- * find the command, print help if invalid, and the then call the
- * corresponding command function,
- * called from do_cscope and do_scscope
+ * Find the command, print help if invalid, and then call the corresponding
+ * command function.
 */
    static void
 do_cscope_general(eap, make_split)
@@ -659,6 +764,7 @@ cs_create_cmd(csoption, pattern)
 {
    char *cmd;
    short search;
+    char *pat;

    switch (csoption[0])
    {
@@ -692,10 +798,17 @@ cs_create_cmd(csoption, pattern)
 	return NULL;
    }

-    if ((cmd = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(pattern) + 2))) == NULL)
+    /* Skip white space before the patter, except for text and pattern search,
+     * they may want to use the leading white space. */
+    pat = pattern;
+    if (search != 4 && search != 6)
+	while vim_iswhite(*pat)
+	    ++pat;
+
+    if ((cmd = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(pat) + 2))) == NULL)
 	return NULL;

-    (void)sprintf(cmd, "%d%s", search, pattern);
+    (void)sprintf(cmd, "%d%s", search, pat);

    return cmd;
 } /* cs_create_cmd */
@@ -1177,8 +1290,16 @@ cs_help(eap)
    (void)MSG_PUTS(_("cscope commands:\n"));
    while (cmdp->name != NULL)
    {
-	(void)smsg((char_u *)_("%-5s: %-30s (Usage: %s)"),
-				      cmdp->name, _(cmdp->help), cmdp->usage);
+	char *help = _(cmdp->help);
+	int  space_cnt = 30 - vim_strsize((char_u *)help);
+
+	/* Use %*s rather than %30s to ensure proper alignment in utf-8 */
+	if (space_cnt < 0)
+	    space_cnt = 0;
+	(void)smsg((char_u *)_("%-5s: %s%*s (Usage: %s)"),
+				      cmdp->name,
+				      help, space_cnt, " ",
+				      cmdp->usage);
 	if (strcmp(cmdp->name, "find") == 0)
 	    MSG_PUTS(_("\n"
 		       "       c: Find functions calling this function\n"
@@ -353,9 +353,13 @@ CVim::SendKeys(BSTR keys)
    }

    /* Pass the string to the main input loop. The memory will be freed when
-     * the message is processed.
+     * the message is processed.  Except for an empty message, we don't need
+     * to post it then.
     */
-    PostMessage(NULL, WM_OLE, 0, (LPARAM)str);
+    if (*str == NUL)
+	vim_free(str);
+    else
+	PostMessage(NULL, WM_OLE, 0, (LPARAM)str);

    return S_OK;
 }
@@ -1151,14 +1151,23 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)

    /* Check if we run into a recursive loop.  The item must be in lookupDict
     * then and we can use it again. */
-    sprintf(ptrBuf, PRINTF_DECIMAL_LONG_U, (long_u)our_tv);
-    result = PyDict_GetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf);
-    if (result != NULL)
-	Py_INCREF(result);
-    else if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_STRING)
+    if ((our_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && our_tv->vval.v_list != NULL)
+	    || (our_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && our_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL))
+    {
+	sprintf(ptrBuf, PRINTF_DECIMAL_LONG_U,
+	        our_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST ? (long_u)our_tv->vval.v_list
+		                           : (long_u)our_tv->vval.v_dict);
+	result = PyDict_GetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf);
+	if (result != NULL)
+	{
+	    Py_INCREF(result);
+	    return result;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_STRING)
    {
 	result = Py_BuildValue("s", our_tv->vval.v_string);
-	PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);
    }
    else if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER)
    {
@@ -1167,7 +1176,6 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)
 	/* For backwards compatibility numbers are stored as strings. */
 	sprintf(buf, "%ld", (long)our_tv->vval.v_number);
 	result = Py_BuildValue("s", buf);
-	PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);
    }
 # ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
    else if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT)
@@ -1176,7 +1184,6 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)

 	sprintf(buf, "%f", our_tv->vval.v_float);
 	result = Py_BuildValue("s", buf);
-	PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);
    }
 # endif
    else if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST)
@@ -1185,10 +1192,11 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)
 	listitem_T	*curr;

 	result = PyList_New(0);
-	PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);

 	if (list != NULL)
 	{
+	    PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);
+
 	    for (curr = list->lv_first; curr != NULL; curr = curr->li_next)
 	    {
 		newObj = VimToPython(&curr->li_tv, depth + 1, lookupDict);
@@ -1200,7 +1208,6 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)
    else if (our_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)
    {
 	result = PyDict_New();
-	PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);

 	if (our_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
 	{
@@ -1209,6 +1216,8 @@ VimToPython(typval_T *our_tv, int depth, PyObject *lookupDict)
 	    hashitem_T	*hi;
 	    dictitem_T	*di;

+	    PyDict_SetItemString(lookupDict, ptrBuf, result);
+
 	    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
 	    {
 		if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
@@ -127,15 +127,31 @@
 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 /*
 * Adjust chars in a language according to 'langmap' option.
- * NOTE that there is NO overhead if 'langmap' is not set; but even
- * when set we only have to do 2 ifs and an array lookup.
+ * NOTE that there is no noticeable overhead if 'langmap' is not set.
+ * When set the overhead for characters < 256 is small.
 * Don't apply 'langmap' if the character comes from the Stuff buffer.
 * The do-while is just to ignore a ';' after the macro.
 */
-# define LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, condition) do { \
-	if (*p_langmap && (condition) && !KeyStuffed && (c) >= 0 && (c) < 256) \
-	    c = langmap_mapchar[c]; \
+# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+#  define LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, condition) \
+    do { \
+        if (*p_langmap && (condition) && !KeyStuffed && (c) >= 0) \
+	{ \
+	    if ((c) < 256) \
+		c = langmap_mapchar[c]; \
+	    else \
+		c = langmap_adjust_mb(c); \
+	} \
    } while (0)
+# else
+#  define LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, condition) \
+    do { \
+        if (*p_langmap && (condition) && !KeyStuffed && (c) >= 0 && (c) < 256) \
+            c = langmap_mapchar[c]; \
+    } while (0)
+# endif
+#else
+# define LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, condition) /* nop */
 #endif

 /*
@@ -360,6 +360,11 @@ main
    command_line_scan(&params);
    TIME_MSG("parsing arguments");

+#ifdef MACOS_X
+    if (gui.starting && gui.dofork)
+	macosx_fork();	/* Never returns */
+#endif
+
    /*
     * On some systems, when we compile with the GUI, we always use it.  On Mac
     * there is no terminal version, and on Windows we can't fork one off with
@@ -1282,9 +1287,10 @@ getout_preserve_modified(exitval)
 #endif


-/* Prepare proper exit*/
+/* Exit properly */
    void
-prepare_getout()
+getout(exitval)
+    int		exitval;
 {
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
    buf_T	*buf;
@@ -1294,6 +1300,12 @@ prepare_getout()

    exiting = TRUE;

+    /* When running in Ex mode an error causes us to exit with a non-zero exit
+     * code.  POSIX requires this, although it's not 100% clear from the
+     * standard. */
+    if (exmode_active)
+	exitval += ex_exitval;
+
    /* Position the cursor on the last screen line, below all the text */
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
    if (!gui.in_use)
@@ -1410,20 +1422,7 @@ prepare_getout()
    if (garbage_collect_at_exit)
 	garbage_collect();
 #endif
-}

-/* Exit properly */
-    void
-getout(exitval)
-    int		exitval;
-{
-    /* When running in Ex mode an error causes us to exit with a non-zero exit
-     * code.  POSIX requires this, although it's not 100% clear from the
-     * standard. */
-    if (exmode_active)
-	exitval += ex_exitval;
-
-    prepare_getout();
    mch_exit(exitval);
 }

@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ wait_return(redraw)
 		    }
 		}
 		else if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 2
-				     && (c == 'j' || c == K_DOWN || c == 'd'))
+			 && (c == 'j' || c == K_DOWN || c == 'd' || c == 'f'))
 		    c = K_IGNORE;
 	    }
 	} while ((had_got_int && c == Ctrl_C)
@@ -2504,7 +2504,6 @@ do_more_prompt(typed_char)
 	    break;

 	case 'u':		/* Up half a page */
-	case K_PAGEUP:
 	    scroll = -(Rows / 2);
 	    break;

@@ -2513,10 +2512,12 @@ do_more_prompt(typed_char)
 	    break;

 	case 'b':		/* one page back */
+	case K_PAGEUP:
 	    scroll = -(Rows - 1);
 	    break;

 	case ' ':		/* one extra page */
+	case 'f':
 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
 	case K_LEFTMOUSE:
 	    scroll = Rows - 1;
@@ -2552,7 +2553,6 @@ do_more_prompt(typed_char)
 	    {
 		/* Jump to the choices of the dialog. */
 		retval = TRUE;
-		lines_left = Rows - 1;
 	    }
 	    else
 #endif
@@ -2560,6 +2560,9 @@ do_more_prompt(typed_char)
 		got_int = TRUE;
 		quit_more = TRUE;
 	    }
+	    /* When there is some more output (wrapping line) display that
+	     * without another prompt. */
+	    lines_left = Rows - 1;
 	    break;

 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
@@ -3309,7 +3312,10 @@ do_dialog(type, title, message, buttons, dfltbutton, textfield)
    {
 	c = gui_mch_dialog(type, title, message, buttons, dfltbutton,
 								   textfield);
-	msg_end_prompt();
+	/* avoid a hit-enter prompt without clearing the cmdline */
+	need_wait_return = FALSE;
+	emsg_on_display = FALSE;
+	cmdline_row = msg_row;

 	/* Flush output to avoid that further messages and redrawing is done
 	 * in the wrong order. */
@@ -4556,7 +4562,13 @@ vim_snprintf(str, str_m, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10)
 			remove_trailing_zeroes = TRUE;
 		    }

-		    if (fmt_spec == 'f' && abs_f > 1.0e307)
+		    if (fmt_spec == 'f' &&
+#ifdef VAX
+			    abs_f > 1.0e38
+#else
+			    abs_f > 1.0e307
+#endif
+			    )
 		    {
 			/* Avoid a buffer overflow */
 			strcpy(tmp, "inf");
@@ -2955,6 +2955,8 @@ change_warning(col)
    int	    col;		/* column for message; non-zero when in insert
 				   mode and 'showmode' is on */
 {
+    static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
+
    if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
 	    && curbufIsChanged() == 0
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
@@ -2977,8 +2979,10 @@ change_warning(col)
 	if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
 	    msg_col = col;
 	msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
-	MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
-						   hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
+	MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
+#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+	set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
+#endif
 	msg_clr_eos();
 	(void)msg_end();
 	if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
@@ -496,7 +496,8 @@ check_cursor_col()
 {
    colnr_T len;
 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
-    colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
+    colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
+    colnr_T oldcoladd = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
 #endif

    len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
@@ -535,7 +536,13 @@ check_cursor_col()
    if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
    else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
-	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
+    {
+	if (oldcoladd > curwin->w_cursor.col)
+	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - curwin->w_cursor.col;
+	else
+	    /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */
+	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
+    }
 #endif
 }

@@ -1010,6 +1017,9 @@ free_all_mem()
 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
 # endif
+# if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
+    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap=");
+#endif

 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
    free_titles();
@@ -1034,6 +1044,9 @@ free_all_mem()
    free_regexp_stuff();
    free_tag_stuff();
    free_cd_dir();
+# ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
+    free_signs();
+# endif
 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    set_expr_line(NULL);
 # endif
@@ -4696,7 +4709,8 @@ vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg)
 				stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
 				ff_push(search_ctx, stackp);

-				simplify_filename(file_path);
+				if (!path_with_url(file_path))
+				    simplify_filename(file_path);
 				if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
 									== OK)
 				{
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ FILE		*nb_debug = NULL;
 u_int		 nb_dlevel = 0;		/* nb_debug verbosity level */

 void		 nbdb(char *, ...);
-void		 nbtrace(char *, ...);

 static int	 lookup(char *);
 #ifdef USE_NB_ERRORHANDLER
@@ -100,25 +99,6 @@ nbdebug_log_init(
 }    /* end nbdebug_log_init */


-
-
-void
-nbtrace(
-	char		*fmt,
-	...)
-{
-	va_list		 ap;
-
-	if (nb_debug!= NULL && (nb_dlevel & (NB_TRACE | NB_TRACE_VERBOSE))) {
-		va_start(ap, fmt);
-		vfprintf(nb_debug, fmt, ap);
-		va_end(ap);
-		fflush(nb_debug);
-	}
-
-}    /* end nbtrace */
-
-
 void
 nbdbg(
 	char		*fmt,
@@ -136,23 +116,6 @@ nbdbg(
 }    /* end nbdbg */


-void
-nbprt(
-	char		*fmt,
-	...)
-{
-	va_list		 ap;
-
-	if (nb_debug != NULL && nb_dlevel & NB_PRINT) {
-		va_start(ap, fmt);
-		vfprintf(nb_debug, fmt, ap);
-		va_end(ap);
-		fflush(nb_debug);
-	}
-
-}    /* end nbprt */
-
-
 static int
 lookup(
 	char		*file)
@@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ typedef enum {


 void		 nbdbg(char *, ...);
-void		 nbprt(char *, ...);
-void		 nbtrace(char *, ...);

 void nbdebug_wait __ARGS((u_int wait_flags, char *wait_var, u_int wait_secs));
 void nbdebug_log_init __ARGS((char *log_var, char *level_var));
@@ -70,19 +68,5 @@ nbdbg(
 {
 }

-void
-nbprt(
-	char		*fmt,
-	...)
-{
-}
-
-void
-nbtrace(
-	char		*fmt,
-	...)
-{
-}
-
 #endif /* NBDEBUG */
 #endif /* NBDEBUG_H */
@@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ nb_do_cmd(
 	    vim_free(path);
 	    if (bufp == NULL)
 	    {
-	    	nbdebug(("    File %s not found in setBufferNumber\n", args));
+		nbdebug(("    File %s not found in setBufferNumber\n", args));
 		EMSG2("E642: File %s not found in setBufferNumber", args);
 		return FAIL;
 	    }
@@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ nb_do_cmd(
 	    }
 	    if (pos)
 	    {
-		coloncmd(":sign place %d line=%d name=%d buffer=%d",
+		coloncmd(":sign place %d line=%ld name=%d buffer=%d",
 			   serNum, pos->lnum, typeNum, buf->bufp->b_fnum);
 		if (typeNum == curPCtype)
 		    coloncmd(":sign jump %d buffer=%d", serNum,
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ nb_do_cmd(
 				GUARDED) == 0)
 			    {
 				coloncmd(
-				    ":sign place %d line=%d name=%d buffer=%d",
+				    ":sign place %d line=%ld name=%d buffer=%d",
 				     guardId++, lnum, GUARDED,
 				     buf->bufp->b_fnum);
 			    }
@@ -2921,44 +2921,26 @@ netbeans_file_opened(buf_T *bufp)
 }

 /*
- * Tell netbeans a file was closed.
+ * Tell netbeans that a file was deleted or wiped out.
 */
    void
-netbeans_file_closed(buf_T *bufp)
+netbeans_file_killed(buf_T *bufp)
 {
    int		bufno = nb_getbufno(bufp);
    nbbuf_T	*nbbuf = nb_get_buf(bufno);
    char	buffer[2*MAXPATHL];

-    if (!haveConnection || bufno < 0)
+    if (!haveConnection || bufno == -1)
 	return;

-    if (!netbeansCloseFile)
-    {
-	nbdebug(("Ignoring file_closed for %s. File was closed from IDE\n",
-		    bufp->b_ffname));
-	return;
-    }
-
-    nbdebug(("netbeans_file_closed:\n"));
-    nbdebug(("    Closing bufno: %d", bufno));
-    if (curbuf != NULL && curbuf != bufp)
-    {
-	nbdebug(("    Curbuf bufno:  %d\n", nb_getbufno(curbuf)));
-    }
-    else if (curbuf == bufp)
-    {
-	nbdebug(("    curbuf == bufp\n"));
-    }
-
-    if (bufno <= 0)
-	return;
+    nbdebug(("netbeans_file_killed:\n"));
+    nbdebug(("    Killing bufno: %d", bufno));

    sprintf(buffer, "%d:killed=%d\n", bufno, r_cmdno);

    nbdebug(("EVT: %s", buffer));

-    nb_send(buffer, "netbeans_file_closed");
+    nb_send(buffer, "netbeans_file_killed");

    if (nbbuf != NULL)
 	nbbuf->bufp = NULL;
@@ -651,10 +651,7 @@ normal_cmd(oap, toplevel)
     * Get the command character from the user.
     */
    c = safe_vgetc();
-
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
    LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, TRUE);
-#endif

 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
    /*
@@ -744,9 +741,7 @@ getcount:
 	    }
 	    ++no_zero_mapping;		/* don't map zero here */
 	    c = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 	    LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, TRUE);
-#endif
 	    --no_zero_mapping;
 	    if (ctrl_w)
 	    {
@@ -769,9 +764,7 @@ getcount:
 	    ++no_mapping;
 	    ++allow_keys;		/* no mapping for nchar, but keys */
 	    c = plain_vgetc();		/* get next character */
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 	    LANGMAP_ADJUST(c, TRUE);
-#endif
 	    --no_mapping;
 	    --allow_keys;
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
@@ -959,9 +952,7 @@ getcount:
 	     * "gr", "g'" and "g`".
 	     */
 	    ca.nchar = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 	    LANGMAP_ADJUST(ca.nchar, TRUE);
-#endif
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
 	    need_flushbuf |= add_to_showcmd(ca.nchar);
 #endif
@@ -1062,10 +1053,8 @@ getcount:
 		}
 #endif

-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 		/* adjust chars > 127, except after "tTfFr" commands */
 		LANGMAP_ADJUST(*cp, !lang);
-#endif
 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
 		/* adjust Hebrew mapped char */
 		if (p_hkmap && lang && KeyTyped)
@@ -4649,9 +4638,7 @@ nv_zet(cap)
 	    ++no_mapping;
 	    ++allow_keys;   /* no mapping for nchar, but allow key codes */
 	    nchar = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 	    LANGMAP_ADJUST(nchar, TRUE);
-#endif
 	    --no_mapping;
 	    --allow_keys;
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
@@ -5007,9 +4994,7 @@ dozet:
 		++no_mapping;
 		++allow_keys;   /* no mapping for nchar, but allow key codes */
 		nchar = plain_vgetc();
-#ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 		LANGMAP_ADJUST(nchar, TRUE);
-#endif
 		--no_mapping;
 		--allow_keys;
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
@@ -6811,6 +6796,8 @@ nv_replace(cap)
    /* Visual mode "r" */
    if (VIsual_active)
    {
+	if (got_int)
+	    reset_VIsual();
 	nv_operator(cap);
 	return;
    }
@@ -7867,7 +7854,7 @@ nv_g_cmd(cap)
 	else
 	    i = curwin->w_leftcol;
 	/* Go to the middle of the screen line.  When 'number' is on and lines
-	 * are wrapping the middle can be more to the left.*/
+	 * are wrapping the middle can be more to the left. */
 	if (cap->nchar == 'm')
 	    i += (W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off()
 		    + ((curwin->w_p_wrap && i > 0)
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ static struct yankreg	*y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */
 */
 struct block_def
 {
-    int		startspaces;	/* 'extra' cols of first char */
-    int		endspaces;	/* 'extra' cols of first char */
+    int		startspaces;	/* 'extra' cols before first char */
+    int		endspaces;	/* 'extra' cols after last char */
    int		textlen;	/* chars in block */
-    char_u	*textstart;	/* pointer to 1st char in block */
-    colnr_T	textcol;	/* cols of chars (at least part.) in block */
+    char_u	*textstart;	/* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */
+    colnr_T	textcol;	/* index of chars (partially) in block */
    colnr_T	start_vcol;	/* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */
    colnr_T	end_vcol;	/* start col of 1st char wholly after block */
 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA
@@ -382,15 +382,14 @@ shift_block(oap, amount)
 {
    int			left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT);
    int			oldstate = State;
-    int			total, split;
-    char_u		*newp, *oldp, *midp, *ptr;
+    int			total;
+    char_u		*newp, *oldp;
    int			oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
    int			p_sw = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
    int			p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
    struct block_def	bd;
-    int			internal = 0;
    int			incr;
-    colnr_T		vcol, col = 0, ws_vcol;
+    colnr_T		ws_vcol;
    int			i = 0, j = 0;
    int			len;

@@ -456,67 +455,89 @@ shift_block(oap, amount)
    }
    else /* left */
    {
-	vcol = oap->start_vcol;
-	/* walk vcol past ws to be removed */
-	for (midp = oldp + bd.textcol;
-	      vcol < (oap->start_vcol + total) && vim_iswhite(*midp); )
-	{
-	    incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&midp, (colnr_T)vcol);
-	    vcol += incr;
-	}
-	/* internal is the block-internal ws replacing a split TAB */
-	if (vcol > (oap->start_vcol + total))
-	{
-	    /* we have to split the TAB *(midp-1) */
-	    internal = vcol - (oap->start_vcol + total);
-	}
-	/* if 'expandtab' is not set, use TABs */
+	colnr_T	    destination_col;	/* column to which text in block will
+					   be shifted */
+	char_u	    *verbatim_copy_end;	/* end of the part of the line which is
+					   copied verbatim */
+	colnr_T	    verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part
+					   of line */
+	unsigned    fill;		/* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */
+	unsigned    new_line_len;	/* the length of the line after the
+					   block shift */
+	size_t	    block_space_width;
+	size_t	    shift_amount;
+	char_u	    *non_white = bd.textstart;
+	colnr_T	    non_white_col;

-	split = bd.startspaces + internal;
-	if (split > 0)
-	{
-	    if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
-	    {
-		for (ptr = oldp, col = 0; ptr < oldp+bd.textcol; )
-		    col += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)col);
+	/*
+	 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is
+	 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column
+	 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace
+	 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched
+	 * non-whitespace character.
+	 */

-		/* col+1 now equals the start col of the first char of the
-		 * block (may be < oap.start_vcol if we're splitting a TAB) */
-		i = ((col % p_ts) + split) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */
-	    }
-	    if (i)
-		j = ((col % p_ts) + split) % p_ts; /* number of spp */
-	    else
-		j = split;
+	/* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character,
+	 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start
+	 * searching from the next character. */
+	if (bd.startspaces)
+	    mb_ptr_adv(non_white);
+
+	/* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol".  */
+	non_white_col = bd.start_vcol;
+
+	while (vim_iswhite(*non_white))
+	{
+	    incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col);
+	    non_white_col += incr;
 	}

-	newp = alloc_check(bd.textcol + i + j + (unsigned)STRLEN(midp) + 1);
+	block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol;
+	/* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less.
+	 */
+	shift_amount = (block_space_width < total? block_space_width: total);
+
+	/* The column to which we will shift the text.  */
+	destination_col = non_white_col - shift_amount;
+
+	/* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can
+	 * reuse without modification.  */
+	verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart;
+	verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol;
+
+	/* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character
+	 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its
+	 * column number.  */
+	if (bd.startspaces)
+	    verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols;
+	while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col)
+	{
+	    incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width);
+	    if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col)
+		break;
+	    verbatim_copy_width += incr;
+	    mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end);
+	}
+
+	/* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial
+	 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab
+	 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces.  */
+	fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width;
+
+	/* The replacement line will consist of:
+	 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end",
+	 * - "fill" number of spaces,
+	 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white.  */
+	new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)
+		       + fill
+		       + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1;
+
+	newp = alloc_check(new_line_len);
 	if (newp == NULL)
 	    return;
-	vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + STRLEN(midp) + 1));
-
-	/* copy first part we want to keep */
-	mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol);
-	/* Now copy any TABS and spp to ensure correct alignment! */
-	while (vim_iswhite(*midp))
-	{
-	    if (*midp == TAB)
-		i++;
-	    else /*space */
-		j++;
-	    midp++;
-	}
-	/* We might have an extra TAB worth of spp now! */
-	if (j / p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et)
-	{
-	    i++;
-	    j -= p_ts;
-	}
-	copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB);
-	copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j);
-
-	/* the end */
-	STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), midp);
+	mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp));
+	copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill);
+	STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white);
    }
    /* replace the line */
    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE);
@@ -4851,7 +4872,8 @@ paragraph_start(lnum)
 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted
 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the
 *   first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be
- *   deleted.  for yank and tilde:
+ *   deleted.
+ * for yank and tilde:
 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked
 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char
 *   that are to be yanked.
@@ -4178,11 +4178,23 @@ do_set(arg, opt_flags)
 					   && options[opt_idx].var == VAR_WIN)
 		goto skip;

-	    /* Disallow changing some options from modelines */
-	    if ((opt_flags & OPT_MODELINE) && (flags & P_SECURE))
+	    /* Disallow changing some options from modelines. */
+	    if (opt_flags & OPT_MODELINE)
 	    {
-		errmsg = (char_u *)_("E520: Not allowed in a modeline");
-		goto skip;
+		if (flags & P_SECURE)
+		{
+		    errmsg = (char_u *)_("E520: Not allowed in a modeline");
+		    goto skip;
+		}
+#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
+		/* In diff mode some options are overruled.  This avoids that
+		 * 'foldmethod' becomes "marker" instead of "diff" and that
+		 * "wrap" gets set. */
+		if (curwin->w_p_diff
+			&& (options[opt_idx].indir == PV_FDM
+			    || options[opt_idx].indir == PV_WRAP))
+		    goto skip;
+#endif
 	    }

 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
@@ -5332,6 +5344,21 @@ insecure_flag(opt_idx, opt_flags)
 }
 #endif

+#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
+static void redraw_titles __ARGS((void));
+
+/*
+ * Redraw the window title and/or tab page text later.
+ */
+static void redraw_titles()
+{
+    need_maketitle = TRUE;
+# ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
+    redraw_tabline = TRUE;
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
 /*
 * Set a string option to a new value (without checking the effect).
 * The string is copied into allocated memory.
@@ -5471,6 +5498,10 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
    int		did_chartab = FALSE;
    char_u	**gvarp;
    long_u	free_oldval = (options[opt_idx].flags & P_ALLOCED);
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI
+    /* set when changing an option that only requires a redraw in the GUI */
+    int		redraw_gui_only = FALSE;
+#endif

    /* Get the global option to compare with, otherwise we would have to check
     * two values for all local options. */
@@ -5732,7 +5763,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	    {
 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
 		/* May show a "+" in the title now. */
-		need_maketitle = TRUE;
+		redraw_titles();
 # endif
 		/* Add 'fileencoding' to the swap file. */
 		ml_setflags(curbuf);
@@ -5751,7 +5782,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	    {
 		errmsg = mb_init();
 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-		need_maketitle = TRUE;
+		redraw_titles();
 # endif
 	    }
 	}
@@ -5834,14 +5865,28 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	/* load or unload key mapping tables */
 	errmsg = keymap_init();

-	/* When successfully installed a new keymap switch on using it. */
-	if (*curbuf->b_p_keymap != NUL && errmsg == NULL)
+	if (errmsg == NULL)
 	{
-	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
-	    if (curbuf->b_p_imsearch != B_IMODE_USE_INSERT)
-		curbuf->b_p_imsearch = B_IMODE_LMAP;
-	    set_iminsert_global();
-	    set_imsearch_global();
+	    if (*curbuf->b_p_keymap != NUL)
+	    {
+		/* Installed a new keymap, switch on using it. */
+		curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
+		if (curbuf->b_p_imsearch != B_IMODE_USE_INSERT)
+		    curbuf->b_p_imsearch = B_IMODE_LMAP;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		/* Cleared the keymap, may reset 'iminsert' and 'imsearch'. */
+		if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
+		    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
+		if (curbuf->b_p_imsearch == B_IMODE_LMAP)
+		    curbuf->b_p_imsearch = B_IMODE_USE_INSERT;
+	    }
+	    if ((opt_flags & OPT_LOCAL) == 0)
+	    {
+		set_iminsert_global();
+		set_imsearch_global();
+	    }
 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    status_redraw_curbuf();
 # endif
@@ -5864,7 +5909,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	    else
 		curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-	    need_maketitle = TRUE;
+	    redraw_titles();
 #endif
 	    /* update flag in swap file */
 	    ml_setflags(curbuf);
@@ -6045,15 +6090,23 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	/* ":set t_Co=0" and ":set t_Co=1" do ":set t_Co=" */
 	if (varp == &T_CCO)
 	{
-	    t_colors = atoi((char *)T_CCO);
-	    if (t_colors <= 1)
+	    int colors = atoi((char *)T_CCO);
+
+	    /* Only reinitialize colors if t_Co value has really changed to
+	     * avoid expensive reload of colorscheme if t_Co is set to the
+	     * same value multiple times. */
+	    if (colors != t_colors)
 	    {
-		if (new_value_alloced)
-		    vim_free(T_CCO);
-		T_CCO = empty_option;
+		t_colors = colors;
+		if (t_colors <= 1)
+		{
+		    if (new_value_alloced)
+			vim_free(T_CCO);
+		    T_CCO = empty_option;
+		}
+		/* We now have a different color setup, initialize it again. */
+		init_highlight(TRUE, FALSE);
 	    }
-	    /* We now have a different color setup, initialize it again. */
-	    init_highlight(TRUE, FALSE);
 	}
 	ttest(FALSE);
 	if (varp == &T_ME)
@@ -6124,6 +6177,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 		    errmsg = (char_u *)N_("E596: Invalid font(s)");
 	    }
 	}
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
    }
 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
    else if (varp == &p_guifontset)
@@ -6132,6 +6186,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	    errmsg = (char_u *)N_("E597: can't select fontset");
 	else if (gui.in_use && gui_init_font(p_guifontset, TRUE) != OK)
 	    errmsg = (char_u *)N_("E598: Invalid fontset");
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
    }
 # endif
 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -6141,6 +6196,7 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 	    errmsg = (char_u *)N_("E533: can't select wide font");
 	else if (gui_get_wide_font() == FAIL)
 	    errmsg = (char_u *)N_("E534: Invalid wide font");
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
    }
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -6202,13 +6258,24 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
    /* 'guioptions' */
    else if (varp == &p_go)
+    {
 	gui_init_which_components(oldval);
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
+    }
 #endif

 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
    /* 'guitablabel' */
    else if (varp == &p_gtl)
+    {
 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
+    }
+    /* 'guitabtooltip' */
+    else if (varp == &p_gtt)
+    {
+	redraw_gui_only = TRUE;
+    }
 #endif

 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY) && (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS))
@@ -6797,7 +6864,11 @@ did_set_string_option(opt_idx, varp, new_value_alloced, oldval, errbuf,

    if (curwin->w_curswant != MAXCOL)
 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;  /* in case 'showbreak' changed */
-    check_redraw(options[opt_idx].flags);
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI
+    /* check redraw when it's not a GUI option or the GUI is active. */
+    if (!redraw_gui_only || gui.in_use)
+#endif
+	check_redraw(options[opt_idx].flags);

    return errmsg;
 }
@@ -7185,22 +7256,28 @@ set_bool_option(opt_idx, varp, value, opt_flags)
 	    curbuf->b_did_warn = FALSE;

 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
+	redraw_titles();
 #endif
    }

 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
    /* when 'modifiable' is changed, redraw the window title */
    else if ((int *)varp == &curbuf->b_p_ma)
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
+    {
+	redraw_titles();
+    }
    /* when 'endofline' is changed, redraw the window title */
    else if ((int *)varp == &curbuf->b_p_eol)
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
-#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-    /* when 'bomb' is changed, redraw the window title */
+    {
+	redraw_titles();
+    }
+# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+    /* when 'bomb' is changed, redraw the window title and tab page text */
    else if ((int *)varp == &curbuf->b_p_bomb)
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
-#endif
+    {
+	redraw_titles();
+    }
+# endif
 #endif

    /* when 'bin' is set also set some other options */
@@ -7208,7 +7285,7 @@ set_bool_option(opt_idx, varp, value, opt_flags)
    {
 	set_options_bin(old_value, curbuf->b_p_bin, opt_flags);
 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
+	redraw_titles();
 #endif
    }

@@ -7393,7 +7470,7 @@ set_bool_option(opt_idx, varp, value, opt_flags)
 	if (!value)
 	    save_file_ff(curbuf);	/* Buffer is unchanged */
 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-	need_maketitle = TRUE;
+	redraw_titles();
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
 	modified_was_set = value;
@@ -7600,9 +7677,13 @@ set_bool_option(opt_idx, varp, value, opt_flags)
 	     * set. */
 	    if (STRCMP(p_enc, "utf-8") != 0)
 	    {
+		static char *w_arabic = N_("W17: Arabic requires UTF-8, do ':set encoding=utf-8'");
+
 		msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
-		MSG_ATTR(_("W17: Arabic requires UTF-8, do ':set encoding=utf-8'"),
-			hl_attr(HLF_W));
+		MSG_ATTR(_(w_arabic), hl_attr(HLF_W));
+#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+		set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_arabic), -1);
+#endif
 	    }

 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -7828,7 +7909,7 @@ set_num_option(opt_idx, varp, value, errbuf, errbuflen, opt_flags)
 	newFoldLevel();
    }

-    /* 'foldminlevel' */
+    /* 'foldminlines' */
    else if (pp == &curwin->w_p_fml)
    {
 	foldUpdateAll(curwin);
@@ -10232,25 +10313,110 @@ wc_use_keyname(varp, wcp)

 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
 /*
- * Any character has an equivalent character.  This is used for keyboards that
- * have a special language mode that sends characters above 128 (although
- * other characters can be translated too).
+ * Any character has an equivalent 'langmap' character.  This is used for
+ * keyboards that have a special language mode that sends characters above
+ * 128 (although other characters can be translated too).  The "to" field is a
+ * Vim command character.  This avoids having to switch the keyboard back to
+ * ASCII mode when leaving Insert mode.
+ *
+ * langmap_mapchar[] maps any of 256 chars to an ASCII char used for Vim
+ * commands.
+ * When FEAT_MBYTE is defined langmap_mapga.ga_data is a sorted table of
+ * langmap_entry_T.  This does the same as langmap_mapchar[] for characters >=
+ * 256.
 */
+# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+/*
+ * With multi-byte support use growarray for 'langmap' chars >= 256
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    int	    from;
+    int     to;
+} langmap_entry_T;
+
+static garray_T langmap_mapga;
+static void langmap_set_entry __ARGS((int from, int to));

 /*
- * char_u langmap_mapchar[256];
- * Normally maps each of the 128 upper chars to an <128 ascii char; used to
- * "translate" native lang chars in normal mode or some cases of
- * insert mode without having to tediously switch lang mode back&forth.
+ * Search for an entry in "langmap_mapga" for "from".  If found set the "to"
+ * field.  If not found insert a new entry at the appropriate location.
 */
+    static void
+langmap_set_entry(from, to)
+    int    from;
+    int    to;
+{
+    langmap_entry_T *entries = (langmap_entry_T *)(langmap_mapga.ga_data);
+    int             a = 0;
+    int             b = langmap_mapga.ga_len;
+
+    /* Do a binary search for an existing entry. */
+    while (a != b)
+    {
+	int i = (a + b) / 2;
+	int d = entries[i].from - from;
+
+	if (d == 0)
+	{
+	    entries[i].to = to;
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (d < 0)
+	    a = i + 1;
+	else
+	    b = i;
+    }
+
+    if (ga_grow(&langmap_mapga, 1) != OK)
+	return;  /* out of memory */
+
+    /* insert new entry at position "a" */
+    entries = (langmap_entry_T *)(langmap_mapga.ga_data) + a;
+    mch_memmove(entries + 1, entries,
+			(langmap_mapga.ga_len - a) * sizeof(langmap_entry_T));
+    ++langmap_mapga.ga_len;
+    entries[0].from = from;
+    entries[0].to = to;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Apply 'langmap' to multi-byte character "c" and return the result.
+ */
+    int
+langmap_adjust_mb(c)
+    int c;
+{
+    langmap_entry_T *entries = (langmap_entry_T *)(langmap_mapga.ga_data);
+    int a = 0;
+    int b = langmap_mapga.ga_len;
+
+    while (a != b)
+    {
+	int i = (a + b) / 2;
+	int d = entries[i].from - c;
+
+	if (d == 0)
+	    return entries[i].to;  /* found matching entry */
+	if (d < 0)
+	    a = i + 1;
+	else
+	    b = i;
+    }
+    return c;  /* no entry found, return "c" unmodified */
+}
+# endif

    static void
 langmap_init()
 {
    int i;

-    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)		/* we init with a-one-to one map */
-	langmap_mapchar[i] = i;
+    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+	langmap_mapchar[i] = i;	 /* we init with a one-to-one map */
+# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+    ga_init2(&langmap_mapga, sizeof(langmap_entry_T), 8);
+# endif
 }

 /*
@@ -10264,7 +10430,10 @@ langmap_set()
    char_u  *p2;
    int	    from, to;

-    langmap_init();			    /* back to one-to-one map first */
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+    ga_clear(&langmap_mapga);		    /* clear the previous map first */
+#endif
+    langmap_init();			    /* back to one-to-one map */

    for (p = p_langmap; p[0] != NUL; )
    {
@@ -10314,7 +10483,13 @@ langmap_set()
 							     transchar(from));
 		return;
 	    }
-	    langmap_mapchar[from & 255] = to;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+	    if (from >= 256)
+		langmap_set_entry(from, to);
+	    else
+#endif
+		langmap_mapchar[from & 255] = to;

 	    /* Advance to next pair */
 	    mb_ptr_adv(p);
@@ -609,3 +609,67 @@ mch_textdomain(const char *domain)
    return (char*)domain;
 }
 #endif
+
+
+
+void macosx_fork()
+{
+    pid_t pid;
+    int   i;
+
+    /*
+     * On OS X, you have to exec after a fork, otherwise calls to frameworks
+     * will assert (and without Core Foundation, you can't start the gui. What
+     * fun.). See CAVEATS at:
+     *
+     *   http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Darwin/Reference/ManPages/
+     *							    man2/fork.2.html
+     *
+     * Since we have to go through this anyways, we might as well use vfork.
+     * But: then we can't detach from our starting shell, so stick with fork.
+     */
+
+    /* Stolen from http://paste.lisp.org/display/50906 */
+    extern int *_NSGetArgc(void);
+    extern char ***_NSGetArgv(void);
+
+    int argc = *_NSGetArgc();
+    char ** argv = *_NSGetArgv();
+    char * newargv[argc+2];
+
+    newargv[0] = argv[0];
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure "-f" is in front of potential "--remote" flags, else
+     * they would consume it.
+     */
+    newargv[1] = "-f";
+
+    for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
+	newargv[i + 1] = argv[i];
+    }
+    newargv[argc+1] = NULL;
+
+    pid = fork();
+    switch(pid) {
+	case -1:
+#  ifndef NDEBUG
+	    fprintf(stderr, "vim: Mac OS X workaround fork() failed!");
+#  endif
+	    _exit(255);
+	case 0:
+	    /* Child. */
+
+	    /* Make sure we survive our shell */
+	    setsid();
+
+	    /* Restarts the vim process, will not return. */
+	    execvp(argv[0], newargv);
+
+	    /* If we come here, exec has failed. bail. */
+	    _exit(255);
+	default:
+	    /* Parent */
+	    _exit(0);
+    }
+}
@@ -1223,6 +1223,25 @@ utf16_to_enc(short_u *str, int *lenp)
 }
 #endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */

+/*
+ * Wait for another process to Close the Clipboard.
+ * Returns TRUE for success.
+ */
+    int
+vim_open_clipboard()
+{
+    int delay = 10;
+
+    while (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+    {
+        if (delay > 500)
+            return FALSE;  /* waited too long, give up */
+        Sleep(delay);
+        delay *= 2;	/* wait for 10, 20, 40, 80, etc. msec */
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
 /*
 * Get the current selection and put it in the clipboard register.
 *
@@ -1254,7 +1273,7 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
     * Don't pass GetActiveWindow() as an argument to OpenClipboard() because
     * then we can't paste back into the same window for some reason - webb.
     */
-    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+    if (!vim_open_clipboard())
 	return;

    /* Check for vim's own clipboard format first.  This only gets the type of
@@ -1562,7 +1581,7 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
     * because then we can't paste back into the same window for some
     * reason - webb.
     */
-    if (OpenClipboard(NULL))
+    if (vim_open_clipboard())
    {
 	if (EmptyClipboard())
 	{
@@ -181,7 +181,8 @@ static RETSIGTYPE catch_sigpwr __ARGS(SIGPROTOARG);
 	&& defined(FEAT_TITLE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
 # define SET_SIG_ALARM
 static RETSIGTYPE sig_alarm __ARGS(SIGPROTOARG);
-static int sig_alarm_called;
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler sig_alarm(). */
+static volatile int sig_alarm_called;
 #endif
 static RETSIGTYPE deathtrap __ARGS(SIGPROTOARG);

@@ -201,13 +202,16 @@ static int save_patterns __ARGS((int num_pat, char_u **pat, int *num_file, char_
 # define SIG_ERR	((RETSIGTYPE (*)())-1)
 #endif

-static int	do_resize = FALSE;
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler sig_winch(). */
+static volatile int do_resize = FALSE;
 #ifndef __EMX__
 static char_u	*extra_shell_arg = NULL;
 static int	show_shell_mess = TRUE;
 #endif
-static int	deadly_signal = 0;	    /* The signal we caught */
-static int	in_mch_delay = FALSE;	    /* sleeping in mch_delay() */
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler deathtrap(). */
+static volatile int deadly_signal = 0;	    /* The signal we caught */
+/* volatile because it is used in signal handler deathtrap(). */
+static volatile int in_mch_delay = FALSE;    /* sleeping in mch_delay() */

 static int curr_tmode = TMODE_COOK;	/* contains current terminal mode */

@@ -802,7 +806,7 @@ init_signal_stack()
 #endif

 /*
- * We need correct potatotypes for a signal function, otherwise mean compilers
+ * We need correct prototypes for a signal function, otherwise mean compilers
 * will barf when the second argument to signal() is ``wrong''.
 * Let me try it with a few tricky defines from my own osdef.h	(jw).
 */
@@ -1068,13 +1072,18 @@ deathtrap SIGDEFARG(sigarg)
    SIGRETURN;
 }

-#ifdef _REENTRANT
+#if defined(_REENTRANT) && defined(SIGCONT)
 /*
 * On Solaris with multi-threading, suspending might not work immediately.
 * Catch the SIGCONT signal, which will be used as an indication whether the
 * suspending has been done or not.
+ *
+ * On Linux, signal is not always handled immediately either.
+ * See https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/291373
+ *
+ * volatile because it is used in in signal handler sigcont_handler().
 */
-static int sigcont_received;
+static volatile int sigcont_received;
 static RETSIGTYPE sigcont_handler __ARGS(SIGPROTOARG);

 /*
@@ -1118,15 +1127,28 @@ mch_suspend()
    }
 # endif

-# ifdef _REENTRANT
+# if defined(_REENTRANT) && defined(SIGCONT)
    sigcont_received = FALSE;
 # endif
    kill(0, SIGTSTP);	    /* send ourselves a STOP signal */
-# ifdef _REENTRANT
-    /* When we didn't suspend immediately in the kill(), do it now.  Happens
-     * on multi-threaded Solaris. */
-    if (!sigcont_received)
-	pause();
+# if defined(_REENTRANT) && defined(SIGCONT)
+    /*
+     * Wait for the SIGCONT signal to be handled. It generally happens
+     * immediately, but somehow not all the time. Do not call pause()
+     * because there would be race condition which would hang Vim if
+     * signal happened in between the test of sigcont_received and the
+     * call to pause(). If signal is not yet received, call sleep(0)
+     * to just yield CPU. Signal should then be received. If somehow
+     * it's still not received, sleep 1, 2, 3 ms. Don't bother waiting
+     * further if signal is not received after 1+2+3+4 ms (not expected
+     * to happen).
+     */
+    {
+	long wait;
+	for (wait = 0; !sigcont_received && wait <= 3L; wait++)
+	    /* Loop is not entered most of the time */
+	    mch_delay(wait, FALSE);
+    }
 # endif

 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
@@ -1175,7 +1197,7 @@ set_signals()
 #ifdef SIGTSTP
    signal(SIGTSTP, restricted ? SIG_IGN : SIG_DFL);
 #endif
-#ifdef _REENTRANT
+#if defined(_REENTRANT) && defined(SIGCONT)
    signal(SIGCONT, sigcont_handler);
 #endif

@@ -1234,7 +1256,7 @@ catch_int_signal()
 reset_signals()
 {
    catch_signals(SIG_DFL, SIG_DFL);
-#ifdef _REENTRANT
+#if defined(_REENTRANT) && defined(SIGCONT)
    /* SIGCONT isn't in the list, because its default action is ignore */
    signal(SIGCONT, SIG_DFL);
 #endif
@@ -3952,7 +3974,17 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 		 * children can be kill()ed.  Don't do this when using pipes,
 		 * because stdin is not a tty, we would lose /dev/tty. */
 		if (p_stmp)
+		{
 		    (void)setsid();
+#  if defined(SIGHUP)
+		    /* When doing "!xterm&" and 'shell' is bash: the shell
+		     * will exit and send SIGHUP to all processes in its
+		     * group, killing the just started process.  Ignore SIGHUP
+		     * to avoid that. (suggested by Simon Schubert)
+		     */
+		    signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+#  endif
+		}
 # endif
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		if (pty_slave_fd >= 0)
@@ -4084,6 +4116,9 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 		int	    fromshell_fd;
 		garray_T    ga;
 		int	    noread_cnt;
+# if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+		struct timeval  start_tv;
+# endif

 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		if (pty_master_fd >= 0)
@@ -4193,7 +4228,9 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 		    ga_init2(&ga, 1, BUFLEN);

 		noread_cnt = 0;
-
+# if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+		gettimeofday(&start_tv, NULL);
+# endif
 		for (;;)
 		{
 		    /*
@@ -4206,25 +4243,34 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 		     * that a typed password is echoed for ssh or gpg command.
 		     * Don't get characters when the child has already
 		     * finished (wait_pid == 0).
-		     * Don't get extra characters when we already have one.
 		     * Don't read characters unless we didn't get output for a
-		     * while, avoids that ":r !ls" eats typeahead.
+		     * while (noread_cnt > 4), avoids that ":r !ls" eats
+		     * typeahead.
 		     */
 		    len = 0;
 		    if (!(options & SHELL_EXPAND)
 			    && ((options &
 					 (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED))
 				      != (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED)
-#ifdef FEAT_GUI
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI
 						    || gui.in_use
-#endif
+# endif
 						    )
 			    && wait_pid == 0
-			    && (ta_len > 0
-				|| (noread_cnt > 4
-				    && (len = ui_inchar(ta_buf,
-						       BUFLEN, 10L, 0)) > 0)))
+			    && (ta_len > 0 || noread_cnt > 4))
 		    {
+		      if (ta_len == 0)
+		      {
+			  /* Get extra characters when we don't have any.
+			   * Reset the counter and timer. */
+			  noread_cnt = 0;
+# if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+			  gettimeofday(&start_tv, NULL);
+# endif
+			  len = ui_inchar(ta_buf, BUFLEN, 10L, 0);
+		      }
+		      if (ta_len > 0 || len > 0)
+		      {
 			/*
 			 * For pipes:
 			 * Check for CTRL-C: send interrupt signal to child.
@@ -4326,9 +4372,9 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 			    {
 				ta_len -= len;
 				mch_memmove(ta_buf, ta_buf + len, ta_len);
-				noread_cnt = 0;
 			    }
 			}
+		      }
 		    }

 		    if (got_int)
@@ -4434,8 +4480,31 @@ mch_call_shell(cmd, options)
 			windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
 			cursor_on();
 			out_flush();
+# if FEAT_GUI_MACVIM
+			if (gui.in_use)
+			    gui_macvim_flush();
+# endif
 			if (got_int)
 			    break;
+
+# if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+			{
+			    struct timeval  now_tv;
+			    long	    msec;
+
+			    /* Avoid that we keep looping here without
+			     * checking for a CTRL-C for a long time.  Don't
+			     * break out too often to avoid losing typeahead. */
+			    gettimeofday(&now_tv, NULL);
+			    msec = (now_tv.tv_sec - start_tv.tv_sec) * 1000L
+				+ (now_tv.tv_usec - start_tv.tv_usec) / 1000L;
+			    if (msec > 2000)
+			    {
+				noread_cnt = 5;
+				break;
+			    }
+			}
+# endif
 		    }

 		    /* If we already detected the child has finished break the
@@ -5858,7 +5927,9 @@ gpm_open()
 	     * we are going to suspend or starting an external process
 	     * so we shouldn't  have problem with this
 	     */
+# ifdef SIGTSTP
 	    signal(SIGTSTP, restricted ? SIG_IGN : SIG_DFL);
+# endif
 	    return 1; /* succeed */
 	}
 	if (gpm_fd == -2)
@@ -263,6 +263,9 @@ extern char *vim_SelFile __ARGS((Widget toplevel, char *prompt, char *init_path,
 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
 # include "os_mac_conv.pro"
 #endif
+#ifdef MACOS_X
+# include "os_macosx.pro"
+#endif

 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
 # define _PROTO_H
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ void global_exe __ARGS((char_u *cmd));
 int read_viminfo_sub_string __ARGS((vir_T *virp, int force));
 void write_viminfo_sub_string __ARGS((FILE *fp));
 void free_old_sub __ARGS((void));
+void free_signs __ARGS((void));
 int prepare_tagpreview __ARGS((int undo_sync));
 void ex_help __ARGS((exarg_T *eap));
 char_u *check_help_lang __ARGS((char_u *arg));
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ char_u *getcmdline_prompt __ARGS((int firstc, char_u *prompt, int attr, int xp_c
 int text_locked __ARGS((void));
 void text_locked_msg __ARGS((void));
 int curbuf_locked __ARGS((void));
+int allbuf_locked __ARGS((void));
 char_u *getexline __ARGS((int c, void *dummy, int indent));
 char_u *getexmodeline __ARGS((int promptc, void *dummy, int indent));
 int cmdline_overstrike __ARGS((void));
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ gui_mch_update(void);
    void
 gui_mch_flush(void);
    void
+gui_macvim_flush(void);
+    void
 gui_macvim_force_flush(void);
    int
 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime);
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
 /* if_cscope.c */
+char_u *get_cscope_name __ARGS((expand_T *xp, int idx));
+void set_context_in_cscope_cmd __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *arg));
 void do_cscope __ARGS((exarg_T *eap));
 void do_scscope __ARGS((exarg_T *eap));
 void do_cstag __ARGS((exarg_T *eap));
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 /* main.c */
 void main_loop __ARGS((int cmdwin, int noexmode));
-void prepare_getout __ARGS(());
 void getout_preserve_modified __ARGS((int exitval));
 void getout __ARGS((int exitval));
 int process_env __ARGS((char_u *env, int is_viminit));
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ void netbeans_send_disconnect __ARGS((void));
 void netbeans_frame_moved __ARGS((int new_x, int new_y));
 void netbeans_file_activated __ARGS((buf_T *bufp));
 void netbeans_file_opened __ARGS((buf_T *bufp));
-void netbeans_file_closed __ARGS((buf_T *bufp));
+void netbeans_file_killed __ARGS((buf_T *bufp));
 void netbeans_inserted __ARGS((buf_T *bufp, linenr_T linenr, colnr_T col, char_u *txt, int newlen));
 void netbeans_removed __ARGS((buf_T *bufp, linenr_T linenr, colnr_T col, long len));
 void netbeans_unmodified __ARGS((buf_T *bufp));
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ void set_imsearch_global __ARGS((void));
 void set_context_in_set_cmd __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *arg, int opt_flags));
 int ExpandSettings __ARGS((expand_T *xp, regmatch_T *regmatch, int *num_file, char_u ***file));
 int ExpandOldSetting __ARGS((int *num_file, char_u ***file));
+int langmap_adjust_mb __ARGS((int c));
 int has_format_option __ARGS((int x));
 int shortmess __ARGS((int x));
 void vimrc_found __ARGS((char_u *fname, char_u *envname));
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* os_macosx.pro */
+void macosx_fork __ARGS((void));
+/* vim: set ft=c : */
@@ -1419,6 +1419,7 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
    int			opened_window = FALSE;
    win_T		*win;
    win_T		*altwin;
+    int			flags;
 #endif
    win_T		*oldwin = curwin;
    int			print_message = TRUE;
@@ -1531,7 +1532,6 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
    if (qf_ptr->qf_type == 1 && (!curwin->w_buffer->b_help || cmdmod.tab != 0))
    {
 	win_T	*wp;
-	int	n;

 	if (cmdmod.tab != 0)
 	    wp = NULL;
@@ -1547,13 +1547,16 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
 	     * Split off help window; put it at far top if no position
 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and narrow.
 	     */
-	    n = WSP_HELP;
+	    flags = WSP_HELP;
 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
 						      && curwin->w_width < 80)
-		n |= WSP_TOP;
+		flags |= WSP_TOP;
 # endif
-	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
+	    if (qi != &ql_info)
+		flags |= WSP_NEWLOC;  /* don't copy the location list */
+
+	    if (win_split(0, flags) == FAIL)
 		goto theend;
 	    opened_window = TRUE;	/* close it when fail */

@@ -1563,7 +1566,6 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
 	    if (qi != &ql_info)	    /* not a quickfix list */
 	    {
 		/* The new window should use the supplied location list */
-		qf_free_all(curwin);
 		curwin->w_llist = qi;
 		qi->qf_refcount++;
 	    }
@@ -1610,10 +1612,11 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
 		{
 		    goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
 		    usable_win = 1;
-		    break;
+		    goto win_found;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
+win_found:

 	/*
 	 * If there is only one window and it is the quickfix window, create a
@@ -1623,7 +1626,10 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
 	{
 	    ll_ref = curwin->w_llist_ref;

-	    if (win_split(0, WSP_ABOVE) == FAIL)
+	    flags = WSP_ABOVE;
+	    if (ll_ref != NULL)
+		flags |= WSP_NEWLOC;
+	    if (win_split(0, flags) == FAIL)
 		goto failed;		/* not enough room for window */
 	    opened_window = TRUE;	/* close it when fail */
 	    p_swb = empty_option;	/* don't split again */
@@ -1635,7 +1641,6 @@ qf_jump(qi, dir, errornr, forceit)
 	    {
 		/* The new window should use the location list from the
 		 * location list window */
-		qf_free_all(curwin);
 		curwin->w_llist = ll_ref;
 		ll_ref->qf_refcount++;
 	    }
@@ -2310,15 +2315,12 @@ ex_copen(eap)
 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_copen || eap->cmdidx == CMD_cwindow)
 	    /* Create the new window at the very bottom. */
 	    win_goto(lastwin);
-	if (win_split(height, WSP_BELOW) == FAIL)
+	if (win_split(height, WSP_BELOW | WSP_NEWLOC) == FAIL)
 	    return;		/* not enough room for window */
 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
 	curwin->w_p_scb = FALSE;
 #endif

-	/* Remove the location list for the quickfix window */
-	qf_free_all(curwin);
-
 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_lopen || eap->cmdidx == CMD_lwindow)
 	{
 	    /*
@@ -4532,7 +4532,7 @@ regmatch(scan)
 		cleanup_subexpr();
 		if (!REG_MULTI)		/* Single-line regexp */
 		{
-		    if (reg_endp[no] == NULL)
+		    if (reg_startp[no] == NULL || reg_endp[no] == NULL)
 		    {
 			/* Backref was not set: Match an empty string. */
 			len = 0;
@@ -4548,7 +4548,7 @@ regmatch(scan)
 		}
 		else				/* Multi-line regexp */
 		{
-		    if (reg_endpos[no].lnum < 0)
+		    if (reg_startpos[no].lnum < 0 || reg_endpos[no].lnum < 0)
 		    {
 			/* Backref was not set: Match an empty string. */
 			len = 0;
@@ -7279,13 +7279,11 @@ reg_submatch(no)
    }
    else
    {
-	if (submatch_match->endp[no] == NULL)
+	s = submatch_match->startp[no];
+	if (s == NULL || submatch_match->endp[no] == NULL)
 	    retval = NULL;
 	else
-	{
-	    s = submatch_match->startp[no];
 	    retval = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(submatch_match->endp[no] - s));
-	}
    }

    return retval;
@@ -2596,6 +2596,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
    int		noinvcur = FALSE;	/* don't invert the cursor */
 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
    pos_T	*top, *bot;
+    int		lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
 #endif
    pos_T	pos;
    long	v;
@@ -2792,9 +2793,10 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	    top = &VIsual;
 	    bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
 	}
+	lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
 	if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)	/* block mode */
 	{
-	    if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
+	    if (lnum_in_visual_area)
 	    {
 		fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
 		tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
@@ -2887,8 +2889,9 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	}
 	else
 	    tocol = MAXCOL;
-	if (fromcol == tocol)		/* do at least one character */
-	    tocol = fromcol + 1;	/* happens when past end of line */
+	/* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
+	if (fromcol == tocol)
+	    tocol = fromcol + 1;
 	area_highlighting = TRUE;
 	attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
    }
@@ -3420,6 +3423,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 			&& (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
 #endif
 		    || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
+			&& vcol_prev < vcol	/* not at margin */
 			&& vcol < tocol))
 		area_attr = attr;		/* start highlighting */
 	    else if (area_attr != 0
@@ -3552,7 +3556,8 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 		/* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
 		 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
 	    else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
-					|| (vcol < fromcol || vcol >= tocol)))
+				|| vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
+				|| vcol >= tocol))
 		char_attr = line_attr;
 #endif
 	    else
@@ -4114,6 +4119,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 # endif
 				    (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
 				&& !(noinvcur
+				    && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
 				    && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
 			&& lcs_eol_one >= 0)
 		{
@@ -4255,7 +4261,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	 * preedit_changed and commit.  Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
 	 * im_is_preediting() here. */
 	if (xic != NULL
-		&& lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
+		&& lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
 		&& (State & INSERT)
 		&& !p_imdisable
 		&& im_is_preediting()
@@ -4264,7 +4270,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	    colnr_T tcol;

 	    if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
-		getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
+		getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
 	    else
 		tcol = preedit_end_col;
 	    if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
@@ -4361,7 +4367,13 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	    }
 #endif
 	    if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
-		    && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol && c == NUL)
+		    && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
+#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
+			    && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
+				|| lnum == VIsual.lnum
+				|| lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
+#endif
+			    && c == NUL)
 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
 			/* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
 			|| (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
@@ -4455,7 +4467,8 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	if (c == NUL)
 	{
 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
-	    if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
+	    if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
+		    && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
 	    {
 		/* highlight last char after line */
 		--col;
@@ -4557,7 +4570,8 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
 	if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
 		&& lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
-		&& draw_state == WL_LINE)
+		&& draw_state == WL_LINE
+		&& !lnum_in_visual_area)
 	{
 	    vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
 	    char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
@@ -4660,7 +4674,7 @@ win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
 	    --n_skip;

 	/* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
-	if (draw_state >= WL_SBR
+	if (draw_state > WL_NR
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
 		&& filler_todo <= 0
 #endif
@@ -5127,8 +5141,8 @@ screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
 #endif

 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
-	    /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
-	     * character.  When a bold character is removed, the next
+	    /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
+	     * next character.  When a bold character is removed, the next
 	     * character should be redrawn too.  This happens for our own GUI
 	     * and for some xterms. */
 	    if (
@@ -6271,9 +6285,15 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
    int		pcc[MAX_MCO];
 # endif
 #endif
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
+    int		force_redraw_this;
+    int		force_redraw_next = FALSE;
+#endif
+    int		need_redraw;

    if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows)	/* safety check */
 	return;
+    off = LineOffset[row] + col;

 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
@@ -6283,10 +6303,21 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
 	    && !gui.in_use
 # endif
 	    && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
-	screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, col - 1, 0);
+    {
+	ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
+	ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
+	if (enc_utf8)
+	{
+	    ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
+	    ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
+	}
+	/* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
+	screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
+	/* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
+	force_redraw_next = TRUE;
+    }
 #endif

-    off = LineOffset[row] + col;
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
 #endif
@@ -6350,7 +6381,12 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
 	}
 #endif

-	if (ScreenLines[off] != c
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
+	force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
+	force_redraw_next = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+	need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
 		|| (mbyte_cells == 2
 		    && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
@@ -6358,24 +6394,24 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
 		    && c == 0x8e
 		    && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
 		|| (enc_utf8
-		    && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)u8c
+		    && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
 			|| screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
 #endif
 		|| ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
-		|| exmode_active
+		|| exmode_active;
+
+	if (need_redraw
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
+		|| force_redraw_this
+#endif
 		)
 	{
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
 	    /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
 	     * character.  When a bold character is removed, the next
 	     * character should be redrawn too.  This happens for our own GUI
-	     * and for some xterms.
-	     * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value
-	     * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by
-	     * mb_off2cells() further on.
-	     * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next
-	     * character may not be redrawn. */
-	    if (
+	     * and for some xterms. */
+	    if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		    gui.in_use
 # endif
@@ -6385,23 +6421,14 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
 # ifdef UNIX
 		    term_is_xterm
 # endif
-	       )
+		    ))
 	    {
-		int		n;
+		int	n = ScreenAttrs[off];

-		n = ScreenAttrs[off];
-# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
-		if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns
-			&& (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
-			&& (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL
-					     : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len))
-		    ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1;
-# else
-		if (col + 1 < screen_Columns
-			&& (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
-			&& (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len))
-		    ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
-# endif
+		if (n > HL_ALL)
+		    n = syn_attr2attr(n);
+		if (n & HL_BOLD)
+		    force_redraw_next = TRUE;
 	    }
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -6488,6 +6515,20 @@ screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
 	    ++ptr;
 	}
    }
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
+    /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
+     * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
+    if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
+    {
+# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+	if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
+	    screen_char_2(off, row, col);
+	else
+# endif
+	    screen_char(off, row, col);
+    }
+#endif
 }

 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
@@ -7364,7 +7405,11 @@ screenalloc(clear)
 #endif
    static int	    entered = FALSE;		/* avoid recursiveness */
    static int	    done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;	/* did outofmem message */
+#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
+    int		    retry_count = 0;

+retry:
+#endif
    /*
     * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
     * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
@@ -7448,10 +7493,13 @@ screenalloc(clear)
 	{
 	    outofmem = TRUE;
 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
-	    break;
+	    goto give_up;
 #endif
 	}
    }
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
+give_up:
+#endif

 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
@@ -7636,8 +7684,17 @@ screenalloc(clear)
    --RedrawingDisabled;

 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
-    if (starting == 0)
+    /*
+     * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
+     * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
+     */
+    if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
+    {
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
+	/* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
+	 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
+	goto retry;
+    }
 #endif
 }

@@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ spell_move_to(wp, dir, allwords, curline, attrp)

 	    /* If we are back at the starting line and there is no match then
 	     * give up. */
-	    if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !found_one)
+	    if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && (!found_one || wrapped))
 		break;

 	    /* Skip the characters at the start of the next line that were
@@ -4956,13 +4956,16 @@ typedef struct compitem_S
 * Structure that is used to store the items in the word tree.  This avoids
 * the need to keep track of each allocated thing, everything is freed all at
 * once after ":mkspell" is done.
+ * Note: "sb_next" must be just before "sb_data" to make sure the alignment of
+ * "sb_data" is correct for systems where pointers must be aligned on
+ * pointer-size boundaries and sizeof(pointer) > sizeof(int) (e.g., Sparc).
 */
 #define  SBLOCKSIZE 16000	/* size of sb_data */
 typedef struct sblock_S sblock_T;
 struct sblock_S
 {
-    sblock_T	*sb_next;	/* next block in list */
    int		sb_used;	/* nr of bytes already in use */
+    sblock_T	*sb_next;	/* next block in list */
    char_u	sb_data[1];	/* data, actually longer */
 };

@@ -15011,7 +15014,7 @@ soundalike_score(goodstart, badstart)

 	case 0:
 	    /*
-	     * Lenghts are equal, thus changes must result in same length: An
+	     * Lengths are equal, thus changes must result in same length: An
 	     * insert is only possible in combination with a delete.
 	     * 1: check if for identical strings
 	     */
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 	     * If a count is supplied to the ":tag <name>" command, then
 	     * jump to count'th matching tag.
 	     */
-	    if (type == DT_TAG && count > 0)
+	    if (type == DT_TAG && *tag != NUL && count > 0)
 		cur_match = count - 1;

 	    if (type == DT_SELECT || type == DT_JUMP
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 		taglen_advance(taglen);
 		MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("file\n"), hl_attr(HLF_T));

-		for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i)
+		for (i = 0; i < num_matches && !got_int; ++i)
 		{
 		    parse_match(matches[i], &tagp);
 		    if (!new_tag && (
@@ -655,6 +655,8 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 		    }
 		    if (msg_col > 0)
 			msg_putchar('\n');
+		    if (got_int)
+			break;
 		    msg_advance(15);

 		    /* print any extra fields */
@@ -689,6 +691,8 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 				if (msg_col + ptr2cells(p) >= Columns)
 				{
 				    msg_putchar('\n');
+				    if (got_int)
+					break;
 				    msg_advance(15);
 				}
 				p = msg_outtrans_one(p, attr);
@@ -704,6 +708,8 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 			if (msg_col > 15)
 			{
 			    msg_putchar('\n');
+			    if (got_int)
+				break;
 			    msg_advance(15);
 			}
 		    }
@@ -734,6 +740,8 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 		    {
 			if (msg_col + (*p == TAB ? 1 : ptr2cells(p)) > Columns)
 			    msg_putchar('\n');
+			if (got_int)
+			    break;
 			msg_advance(15);

 			/* skip backslash used for escaping command char */
@@ -760,12 +768,9 @@ do_tag(tag, type, count, forceit, verbose)
 		    if (msg_col)
 			msg_putchar('\n');
 		    ui_breakcheck();
-		    if (got_int)
-		    {
-			got_int = FALSE;	/* only stop the listing */
-			break;
-		    }
 		}
+		if (got_int)
+		    got_int = FALSE;	/* only stop the listing */
 		ask_for_selection = TRUE;
 	    }
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)
@@ -2542,6 +2547,15 @@ free_tag_stuff()
 {
    ga_clear_strings(&tag_fnames);
    do_tag(NULL, DT_FREE, 0, 0, 0);
+    tag_freematch();
+
+# if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
+    if (ptag_entry.tagname)
+    {
+        vim_free(ptag_entry.tagname);
+        ptag_entry.tagname = NULL;
+    }
+# endif
 }
 #endif

@@ -4920,7 +4920,15 @@ check_termcode(max_offset, buf, buflen)
 	key_name[0] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
 	key_name[1] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
 	if (key_name[0] == KS_KEY)
-	    string[new_slen++] = key_name[1];	/* from ":set <M-b>=xx" */
+	{
+	    /* from ":set <M-b>=xx" */
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
+	    if (has_mbyte)
+		new_slen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key_name[1], string + new_slen);
+	    else
+#endif
+		string[new_slen++] = key_name[1];
+	}
 	else
 	{
 	    string[new_slen++] = K_SPECIAL;
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ SCRIPTS = test1.out test3.out test4.out test5.out test6.out \
 		test43.out test44.out test45.out test46.out test47.out \
 		test48.out test51.out test53.out test54.out test55.out \
 		test56.out test57.out test58.out test59.out test60.out \
-		test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out
+		test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out \
+		test66.out

 .SUFFIXES: .in .out

@@ -110,3 +111,4 @@ test62.out: test62.in
 test63.out: test63.in
 test64.out: test64.in
 test65.out: test65.in
+test66.out: test66.in
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ SCRIPTS =	test3.out test4.out test5.out test6.out test7.out \
 		test15.out test17.out test18.out test21.out test26.out \
 		test30.out test31.out test32.out test33.out test34.out \
 		test37.out test38.out test39.out test40.out test41.out \
-		test42.out test52.out test65.out
+		test42.out test52.out test65.out test66.out

 SCRIPTS32 =	test50.out

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ SCRIPTS =	test3.out test4.out test5.out test6.out test7.out \
 		test15.out test17.out test18.out test21.out test26.out \
 		test30.out test31.out test32.out test33.out test34.out \
 		test37.out test38.out test39.out test40.out test41.out \
-		test42.out test52.out test65.out
+		test42.out test52.out test65.out test66.out

 SCRIPTS32 =	test50.out

@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ SCRIPTS = test1.out test3.out test4.out test5.out test6.out \
 		test43.out test44.out test45.out test46.out test47.out \
 		test48.out test51.out test53.out test54.out test55.out \
 		test56.out test57.out test58.out test59.out test60.out \
-		test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out
+		test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out \
+		test66.out

 .SUFFIXES: .in .out

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 # Authors:	Zoltan Arpadffy, <arpadffy@polarhome.com>
 #		Sandor Kopanyi,  <sandor.kopanyi@mailbox.hu>
 #
-# Last change:  2008 Aug 19
+# Last change:  2009 Mar 05
 #
 # This has been tested on VMS 6.2 to 8.3 on DEC Alpha, VAX and IA64.
 # Edit the lines in the Configuration section below to select.
@@ -68,7 +68,8 @@ SCRIPT = test1.out  test2.out  test3.out  test4.out  test5.out  \
 	 test43.out test44.out test45.out test46.out \
 	 test48.out test51.out test53.out test54.out test55.out \
 	 test56.out test57.out test60.out \
-	 test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out
+	 test61.out test62.out test63.out test64.out test65.out \
+	 test66.out

 .IFDEF WANT_GUI
 SCRIPT_GUI = test16.out
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ SCRIPTS = test1.out test2.out test3.out test4.out test5.out test6.out \
 		test48.out test49.out test51.out test52.out test53.out \
 		test54.out test55.out test56.out test57.out test58.out \
 		test59.out test60.out test61.out test62.out test63.out \
-		test64.out test65.out
+		test64.out test65.out test66.out

 SCRIPTS_GUI = test16.out

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+Test for visual block shift and tab characters.
+
+STARTTEST
+:so small.vim
+/^abcdefgh
+4jI    j<<11|D
+7|a		
+7|a		   
+7|a	       	4k13|4j<
+:$-4,$w! test.out
+:$-4,$s/\s\+//g
+4kI    j<<
+7|a		
+7|a					
+7|a	       		4k13|4j3<
+:$-4,$w >> test.out
+:qa!
+ENDTEST
+
+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+    abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghij
+    abc	    defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+    abc	    defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+    abc	    defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+    abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+abcdefghij
+    abc	    defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+    abc		defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+    abc	    defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
Bjorn Winckler	95f42c734a	Snapshot 44	2009-03-29 17:34:18 +02:00
Bjorn Winckler	e1ece272fa	Exit full-screen if the window moves The window is not supposed to move in full-screen mode so if this happens then exit full-screen. This situation can occur e.g. if the window is on a screen that gets unplugged.	2009-03-29 16:40:59 +02:00
Bjorn Winckler	73b5d1837c	Validate screen before constraining window If a window is on a screen that gets unplugged it may happen that [NSWindow screen] returns nil. Guard against this when constraining the window frame to the screen frame. This fixes a bug where a window could "disappear" if it was on a screen that got unplugged.	2009-03-29 16:35:47 +02:00
Bjorn Winckler	790f685006	Merge upstream Conflicts: src/vim.h	2009-03-18 20:10:00 +02:00
vimboss	a680267d49	updated for version 7.2-148	2009-03-18 18:09:03 +00:00
vimboss	5f1547b288	updated for version 7.2-147	2009-03-18 15:28:08 +00:00
vimboss	9d9a5983f5	updated for version 7.2-146	2009-03-18 14:42:00 +00:00
vimboss	16e57e6189	updated for version 7.2-145	2009-03-18 13:32:24 +00:00
vimboss	5d45d4a4d2	updated for version 7.2-144	2009-03-18 13:21:18 +00:00
vimboss	0546647038	updated for version 7.2-143	2009-03-18 11:52:53 +00:00
vimboss	c9ad0b6d4d	updated for version 7.2-142	2009-03-18 11:22:25 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	25306ee0c5	Fix full-screen zooming with Dock visible This fixes a bug where 'set fu=maxvert' would not cover the screen vertically if the Dock was visible.	2009-03-16 17:36:05 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	2e024248fa	Use /usr/bin/python in icons/Makefile	2009-03-16 17:05:17 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	85879328b0	Fix "set go+=rT" bug The number of columns now matches the width of the window after calling "set go+=rT".	2009-03-15 14:12:48 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	9c530a8030	Revert temp patch, fixed properly in 7.2.121 This patch ensures that Ctrl-C works during lengthy :grep operations in GUI mode.	2009-03-15 15:58:46 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	9105eb1fd0	Tab labels only shows file name tail	2009-03-15 15:15:23 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	c49868a11f	Fix <C-Tab> regression This fixes a regression introduced with commmit c79be7f927aff8b2b52a6d8d917b899154ab0ff9 where Ctrl+Unprintable key presses could no longer be mapped to.	2009-03-13 22:35:12 +01:00
vimboss	795860de7c	updated for version 7.2-141	2009-03-11 16:58:40 +00:00
vimboss	90a729a8e4	updated for version 7.2-140	2009-03-11 16:47:21 +00:00
vimboss	1a328483b7	updated for version 7.2-139	2009-03-11 16:29:20 +00:00
vimboss	5e09d64d77	updated for version 7.2-138	2009-03-11 15:37:53 +00:00
vimboss	4591403b7e	updated for version 7.2-137	2009-03-11 15:28:26 +00:00
vimboss	e90f76c1aa	updated for version 7.2-136	2009-03-11 14:37:32 +00:00
vimboss	8745e4380e	updated for version 7.2-135	2009-03-11 14:10:38 +00:00
vimboss	cd7a1f6539	updated for version 7.2-134	2009-03-11 12:11:02 +00:00
vimboss	bb21f9f120	updated for version 7.2-133	2009-03-11 11:47:18 +00:00
vimboss	38c7ababf6	updated for version 7.2-132	2009-03-05 02:15:53 +00:00
vimboss	5aea857883	updated for version 7.2-131	2009-03-04 03:13:35 +00:00
vimboss	322b4eec7e	updated for version 7.2-130	2009-03-02 01:47:02 +00:00
vimboss	886d3d7aed	updated for version 7.2-129	2009-03-02 01:12:48 +00:00
vimboss	b2f7a2f021	updated for version 7.2-128	2009-03-01 01:45:35 +00:00
Zvezdan Petkovic	4374e9787e	Colors.plist autogenerated from "showrgb" command The Colors.plist dictionary is now generated from "showrgb" to properly match rgb.txt. Also add three colors which were missing from the output of "showrgb" (darkyellow, lightmagenta, lightred).	2009-02-25 20:09:30 +01:00
vimboss	080a7c2c6c	updated for version 7.2-127	2009-02-24 03:38:04 +00:00
vimboss	ffef064005	updated for version 7.2-126	2009-02-24 03:30:14 +00:00
vimboss	d23a68d047	updated for version 7.2-125	2009-02-24 03:12:40 +00:00
vimboss	c973e12d3e	updated for version 7.2-124	2009-02-22 23:54:59 +00:00
vimboss	5e0543116b	updated for version 7.2-123	2009-02-22 22:43:27 +00:00
vimboss	d9f633dbb3	updated for version 7.2-122	2009-02-22 20:13:39 +00:00
vimboss	32cb07dd61	updated for version 7.2-121	2009-02-22 01:52:59 +00:00
vimboss	40ae005819	updated for version 7.2-120	2009-02-22 01:37:59 +00:00
vimboss	c4e8fcc338	updated for version 7.2-119	2009-02-22 00:14:58 +00:00
vimboss	9dbb79f942	updated for version 7.2-118	2009-02-21 23:59:19 +00:00
vimboss	031479c46b	updated for version 7.2-117	2009-02-21 23:03:09 +00:00
vimboss	843a3a41bf	updated for version 7.2-116	2009-02-21 21:58:24 +00:00
vimboss	01973d329c	updated for version 7.2-115	2009-02-21 21:30:39 +00:00
vimboss	bcfeb7c895	updated for version 7.2-114	2009-02-21 21:14:00 +00:00
vimboss	46b250b75f	updated for version 7.2-113	2009-02-21 21:04:20 +00:00
vimboss	9b06b0a4b2	updated for version 7.2-112	2009-02-21 20:23:59 +00:00
vimboss	80b36e7995	updated for version 7.2-111	2009-02-21 20:11:41 +00:00
vimboss	d29599b7ea	updated for version 7.2-110	2009-02-21 19:37:46 +00:00
vimboss	a63fc2427e	updated for version 7.2-109	2009-02-21 19:28:48 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	393e47945b	Snapshot 43	2009-02-20 14:43:08 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	5100db4427	Set correct protocol for frontend proxy	2009-02-18 23:21:46 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	19ee857237	Merge upstream Conflicts: src/buffer.c	2009-02-11 22:49:00 +01:00
vimboss	781ac5b687	updated for version 7.2-108	2009-02-11 21:48:40 +00:00
vimboss	9b52c915d9	updated for version 7.2-107	2009-02-11 17:47:54 +00:00
vimboss	7a68824771	updated for version 7.2-106	2009-02-11 16:58:49 +00:00
vimboss	c2aed127ca	updated for version 7.2-105	2009-02-11 15:47:05 +00:00
vimboss	12b3ecfdcd	updated for version 7.2-104	2009-02-11 15:03:45 +00:00
vimboss	4143f69655	updated for version 7.2-103	2009-02-11 10:35:36 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	7a720947c8	Mention that 'go' does not support "f" in help	2009-02-10 22:11:43 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	9393a4151c	Revert "Don't init backend if Vim is about to fork" This reverts commit ef03c36272e9a45f71659df7cecfce7aa15c2cbf. Conflicts: src/MacVim/gui_macvim.m	2009-02-10 22:06:18 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	95a678d204	Don't update 'fuoptions' before GUI has started This avoids allocating the MMBackend object before forking.	2009-02-10 22:03:36 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	68cec2f91b	Fork directly after command line scan This fixes a bug with relative paths as arguments when 'autochdir' was enabled and also cuts down on startup times. However, it also has the negative side-effect that 'f' is no longer supported in 'guioptions'.	2009-02-10 22:00:40 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	5ed292ebfb	Revert old forking code	2009-02-10 21:19:37 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	6d70e1a179	Fix untitled window on reopen with quickstart This reverts commit 662aa32b399c1149daa1cd3a2b5bccc8e75f589a and clarifies the comment regarding how 'pidArguments' is used.	2009-02-08 22:29:58 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	355d2ec231	Fix untitled window on reopen bug When MacVim is started from Terminal "-MMNoWindow yes" is passed as an argument. This argument will no longer stop new windows from opening on "reactivate" events -- it only affects "activate" events.	2009-02-08 22:08:34 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	c6ceb6c969	Decrease delay in gui_macvim_flush()	2009-02-07 15:56:17 +01:00
Nicolas Weber	60c1c58967	Fix icon generation Makefile	2009-02-06 22:43:54 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	ba43ddb524	Add more files in MacVim/icons to .gitignore	2009-02-06 18:21:59 +01:00
Nicolas Weber	2a032c05b7	Make icon module compilation more portable	2009-02-05 17:11:45 -08:00
vimboss	8d8aecf662	updated for version 7.2-102	2009-02-05 19:48:25 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	380d7b2cbf	Update credits	2009-02-04 22:04:32 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	30a12fc740	Ignore temporary files in src/MacVim/icons folder	2009-02-04 21:28:15 +01:00
vimboss	43050b40f8	updated for version 7.2-101	2009-02-04 17:35:52 +00:00
vimboss	d5dfed9cfc	updated for version 7.2-100	2009-02-04 16:50:47 +00:00
vimboss	0e2e98e570	updated for version 7.2-099	2009-02-04 16:29:07 +00:00
vimboss	d0a875e3af	updated for version 7.2-098	2009-02-04 15:27:06 +00:00
vimboss	b770256474	updated for version 7.2-097	2009-02-04 13:19:42 +00:00
vimboss	e14b8cd599	updated for version 7.2-096	2009-02-04 12:14:51 +00:00
vimboss	938149499b	updated for version 7.2-095	2009-02-04 10:46:25 +00:00
vimboss	9245af7148	updated for version 7.2-094	2009-02-04 10:20:58 +00:00
Nicolas Weber	a874eae869	Update credits	2009-02-01 10:37:58 -08:00
Nicolas Weber	cca95bae41	Use text-based 16x16 icons	2009-02-01 10:20:32 -08:00
Bjorn Winckler	243fcce65c	Ensure viminfo is written on Cmd-q	2009-02-01 10:15:40 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	b8c8a68a5c	Fix <C-]> on German keyboard layout Instead of checking for Ctrl-character, check when Cocoa translates a keypress to an unprintable character (in particular, this happens on Ctrl-character). This ensures keys like <C-]> work on (some) keyboards where ] requires the use of Alt.	2009-01-30 20:34:41 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	8502d5f2b2	Avoid exception in key handling routine	2009-01-30 18:30:21 +01:00
vimboss	da857362b0	updated for version 7.2-093	2009-01-28 20:23:17 +00:00
vimboss	4c50d72cdf	updated for version 7.2-092	2009-01-28 18:09:38 +00:00
vimboss	9af39a7cb2	updated for version 7.2-091	2009-01-28 15:04:42 +00:00
vimboss	d4038f59f4	updated for version 7.2-090	2009-01-28 14:42:59 +00:00
vimboss	9150d82be1	updated for version 7.2-089	2009-01-28 13:18:26 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	87694dc1bf	Tell Git to ignore .pyc files in icons folder	2009-01-23 23:36:12 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	22704e2bb4	Remove .pyc files from icons folder on clean	2009-01-23 23:33:02 +01:00
Nico Weber	95676cfcd4	Doc icon generation cleanup	2009-01-23 23:28:07 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	1e901456a5	Fix two minor memory leaks The MMTextViewHelper class failed to release two objects on dealloc.	2009-01-23 23:23:10 +01:00
vimboss	899f9a6260	updated for version 7.2-088	2009-01-22 20:50:10 +00:00
vimboss	6b989afdb1	updated for version 7.2-087	2009-01-22 20:32:12 +00:00
vimboss	4f48c32bc3	updated for version 7.2-086	2009-01-22 19:48:55 +00:00
vimboss	c2ea4b240d	updated for version 7.2-085	2009-01-22 17:33:49 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	f81158c840	Always respect MMLayoutVerticalSplit This flag used to be ignored when dropping a file onto a window.	2009-01-17 20:34:51 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	3950b3a6b1	Respect layout pref when raising an open file For example, with layout set to "arglist" and with 'hidden' enabled, double-clicking an already open (but hidden) file will no longer cause it to open in a new tab. Instead it opens as if the ":buf" command had been used.	2009-01-17 20:25:48 +01:00
vimboss	ae65cb89b3	updated for version 7.2-084	2009-01-13 17:11:05 +00:00
vimboss	f90e3c31ab	updated for version 7.2-083	2009-01-13 16:28:21 +00:00
vimboss	014700ca55	updated for version 7.2-082	2009-01-13 15:58:01 +00:00
vimboss	f86423097b	updated for version 7.2-081	2009-01-13 15:38:37 +00:00
vimboss	a4cdb9b1c4	updated for version 7.2-080	2009-01-13 11:29:48 +00:00
Jonathon Mah	03a1a0ea74	Opening with search text does inclusive search	2009-01-13 06:27:01 +10:30
Jonathon Mah	4e1a1cad93	Fix typo in debug message string	2009-01-13 06:25:24 +10:30
Bjorn Winckler	e4abcd6741	Snapshot 42	2009-01-12 16:35:09 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	b0f34cac04	Update appcast	2009-01-10 21:09:43 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	dd243c8ab1	Snapshot 41	2009-01-10 20:57:33 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	02592cfe41	Prune draw queue before sending to frontend If the draw queue fills up with lots (i.e. twice the number of max rows) of insert/delete line commands we can remove draw commands from the beginning of the draw queue. This reduces the possibility of the draw queue overflowing.	2009-01-10 17:39:29 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	e706fca4d6	Cmd-. sends SIGINT Ctrl-C does not always work to interrupt a stuck Vim process. By making Cmd-. send SIGINT it is more likely to succeed where Ctrl-C has failed. (E.g. Ctrl-C may fail if a DO message is dropped, or if the Vim process is stuck in a loop and isn't checking for new input.)	2009-01-10 17:38:11 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	8d00a30b0a	Show output from external commands as it happens Previously, all output was sent to the frontend at once so only the last few rows were visible. This was a bit disconcerting when a command took a bit of time because there was no feedback that anything was happening. The downside to this patch is that it takes a bit longer for a command to finish since the frontend has to do more drawing.	2009-01-10 17:37:49 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	76200b7c03	Allow interrupt during external commands	2009-01-08 21:25:37 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	e648d3b011	Don't ignore SIGCHLD (fix automatic updating) Ignoring SIGCHLD caused problems with automatic updating (Sparkle) since it uses popen() (and hence implicitly uses wait4()) to unpack archives. Now that SIGCHLD is no longer ignored we have to reap child processes after exiting a Vim process as well as when MacVim is about to terminate.	2009-01-08 16:11:30 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	1db4b7903b	Make no DO calls during app termination	2009-01-07 21:01:47 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	e5e129b933	Prune unnecessary code, clarify comment	2009-01-07 20:19:44 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	354968a9b9	Add comment	2009-01-07 20:16:01 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	87e4ef758b	Clean up process termination code Exiting immediately on TerminateNowMsgID simplifies the code a bit and also minimizes the probability of a process not terminating before MacVim.	2009-01-07 20:14:03 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	2b721c9e9c	New user default MMLoadDefaultFont When enabled the default font is loaded from within the app bundle each time MacVim is started (the default setting). Startup times are shorter if this is disabled. Note that if the default font has already been installed on the system then this may as well be disabled.	2009-01-07 14:19:27 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	c50143db47	Fix deprecated API compiler warning	2009-01-06 22:05:50 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	2153ab22d7	Don't load default font in Vim (faster startup) Loading and unloading a font can take a substantial amount of time so this cuts down on the startup time.	2009-01-06 21:41:47 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	aefc975f1b	Fix compiler issues on Tiger	2009-01-06 22:58:38 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	79851d47b1	Build Debug and Release using default SDK The Universal target still builds using the 10.4u SDK.	2009-01-06 17:51:36 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	2c9f69f2bf	Fix double free memory problem This bug was introduced in commit: e162109d6f022942edb7281736f587ee79e20bfe	2009-01-06 18:31:38 +01:00
vimboss	9dc3e9172c	updated for version 7.2-079	2009-01-06 15:14:30 +00:00
vimboss	2e69b16f67	updated for version 7.2-078	2009-01-06 14:02:45 +00:00
Bjorn Winckler	462fb78a85	Deprecate "redr\|f" in addInput: calls The previous commit ensures these are no longer neeeded (they used to be there to avoid the "Press ENTER..." prompt).	2009-01-04 22:13:48 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	d2dbd62e7b	Avoid "Press ENTER..." prompt When adding input programmatically the 'silent' flag is automatically set. Hopefully this will mean the end of the annoying "Press ENTER..." prompt. This also means that it should no longer be necessary to manually try to make commands silent (e.g. ":redr\|f" should not be needed).	2009-01-04 21:44:27 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	e1c4adc8c9	Add user default to toggle the "add tab" button The user default MMShowAddTabButton controls whether the "add tab" button is displayed on the tab bar or not.	2009-01-04 17:58:57 +01:00
Bjorn Winckler	2ffc552c25	Avoid switching Spaces when using 'mvim'	2009-01-04 17:46:48 +01:00
Nico Weber	7845992803	Toggle menu bar on focus change in full-screen	2009-01-02 13:55:11 -08:00
vimboss	3142e74a3a	updated for version 7.2-077	2008-12-31 15:21:32 +00:00
Nico Weber	1eb73428b0	Icon generation works on Tiger again	2008-12-30 23:36:50 -08:00
vimboss	c5b2d1b5b4	updated for version 7.2-076	2008-12-30 15:15:57 +00:00